CONTENTS

Further notes.on Acacia in Queensland

FRY Gy BOtHE esp uecocestucrepasthhdeiedt dents pvilesiddd dpveah tn dudateanssteeidedes ooh abhldasddesndsnadts 339

Florai morphology in relation to pollination ecology in five Queensland

coastal plants

By Richard B. Primack, Norman C. Duke and P.B. Tomlinson............. 346

An analysis of the Australian grass flora

Tay, BeBe SORTER wh hah icy cht lanl ad dase badass Min dbisuomerd eed iey bared ease hi Ley Ay 356

Notes on the genus Homoranthus (Myrtaceae) in Australia

BRYSINE BS BP TIES. oa ab eee seaezescasaazpemeoeess niasnyo gen coveqe pagannces seqes) phielerssders pappenveaeesnvens 372

Notes on Leguminosae, II

Byell APRY A a ciudsnese (Loadsbyhenentslachesianssdedhtsancorerth cdastivectelstatunnvenneesretles 376

Notes on Queensland Orchidaceae, 2 |

Bar Py, TE VASAT cc asadg nescnyhssicdseeese rs vrudehiedcacpay a ueneppyepuvbeddetvrceny snevenwedscusdgeyasnles 380

Addition to Combretaceae (Lagunclurieae) from Australia

Be AE SB VtHGE S25 2 obi de dod | hs Blind oe RETR ate cnc eed iNet Pees lat 385

Notes on Sapindaceae in Australia, I

BAY SBA TT ARETE cercvivedacra shoealssidds despleha ved zstecs) Aalotiscertaleuabacdelsapantefeatidaes 388

A revision of Atylosia (Leguminosae) in Australia

By Sally T. Reynolds and L. Pedley ii. ccccccecscssscsecssececeessseesrssceseeeens 420

Editor: L. Pedley

. Date of Publication

‘*Austrobaileya’’ 1(3) was published on 29 February 1980.

339

Austrobaileya 1 (4): 339-345 (1981)

FURTHER NOTES ON ACACI4 IN QUEENSLAND

By L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane.

Summary

Acacia tephrina and A. handonis are described as new. A. lazaridis is a new name for A. brevifolia (F.

- Muell. ex Benth.) Benth. non (Lodd.) G. Don. A. clivicola Pedley is referred to A. stowardii Maiden which is

distinguished from A. duriuscula W.V. Fitzg. A. difficilis Maiden and E. estrophiolata F. Muell., recorded

from Queensland for the first time, are described. Notable extensions to the ranges of A. cincinnata F.

Muell. and A. solandri Benth. and an additional specimen of A. ramiflora Domin are recorded. A.

angustissima (Miller) Kuntze is recorded as an occasional weed in tropical Queensland though its deliberate

introduction is also noted.

The numbers assigned to species are those of my revision of the Queensland

species (Pedley 1978, 1980). Additional species have been given ‘‘A’’ numbers next

to their supposed nearest relative, except for A. angustissima which has no near rela-

tives in Australia.

45. Acacia stowardii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 51:269 (1917). Syntypes:

Western Australia: Comet Vale, 63 miles N of Kalgoorlie, Dec 1916, T./. Jut-

son 175 and without date, Jutson 281 (PERTH, fragments & photos of each).

A, clivicola Pedley, Contrib. Qd Herb. 15:7 (1974), Austrobaileya 1:155 (1978),

syn. nov. Type: Gregory South District: near Pinkilla, about 40 miles (64 km)

pom Quilpie on Windorah Road, Mar 1960, Johnson 1508 (BRI, holo; NT,

iso).

When describing Acacia aprepta I considered its relationship with A. stowardii but

more recently Mr. B.R. Maslin, who is preparing an account of Acacia for a forthcom-

ing ‘‘Flora of Central Australia’’, drew my attention to the resemblance of A. clivicola

to A. stowardii and to A. duriuscula W.V. Fitzg. He made available specimens from

Western Australia and I examined specimens from the Northern Territory, South

Australia and Queensland as well.

I have seen fragments and photographs of the type specimen of A. stowardii as

well a range of material* collected in the Kalgoorlie-Menzies area and a large number

of specimens identified as A. clivicola. The types of A. stowardii and A. clivicola are

remarkably similar in the size and indumentum of the branchlets and young shoots,

the size and shape of the pods and above all the size, shape and nervdture of the

phyllodes. The two are certainly conspecific. In the protologue of A. stowardii Maiden

compared it with A. duriuscula, Maiden often compared species he described with

others not closely related but in this case comparison of the two species was war-

ranted. He wrote ‘“‘There is a good deal of external similarity between these two

species, but if we examine them carefully, we find that flowers in spikes are unknown

in A. duriuscula, while the calyx is more than half as long as the corolla in that species,

and not half as long in A. stowardii. The phyllodes of A. duriuscula are shorter and

more resinous, though in neither species is it [resin] abundant; those of A. duriuscula

are less smooth to the touch, as the venation is coarser, i.e. the veins are thicker and

more prominent, yet in both it would be termed fine’’. Examination of a type speci-

men of A. duriuscula (Coolgardie district, in 1902, Kelso. PERTH), confirmed

* Board 6506; Campbell s.n., Hall H76/61; Maslin 1932, 1934, 1948 & 2408; Wilson 6507 (all PERTH).

340

Maiden’s observations. The heads of A. duriuscula are not at all elongate whereas

those of A. stowardii are at least ovoid; the calyx resembles that of A. stowardi/ in size,

degree of lobing, texture and indumentum but is slightly less than half as long as the

corolla whereas that of A. stowardii often ranges from one-third to one-half as long;

and the phyllodes are shorter than is usual in A. stowardii. None of these characters

would however exclude A. stowardii absolutely from A. duriuscula but the nervature

of the phyllodes of the two species is sufficiently different to distinguish them.

Throughout tts range, which extends over about 28° longitude, A. stowardii has rather

thick phyllodes finely striate with numerous parallel nerves (1O—11/mm across the

phyllode on the type specimens) while A. duriuscula has more widely spaced translu-

cent nerves (5—6/mm).

The type specimen is the only one that I have seen that I would refer with cer-

tainty to A. duriuscula. Further collections are needed to confirm the observations on

the nervature of the phyllodes and to determine what the pods are like.

There is a problem, already recognised (see above p. 155), in distinguishing A.

stowardii from A. kempeana. The latter usually has wider pods and phyllodes but as

specimens often do not have pods the width of the phyllodes is often the only cri-

terion for separating the species. The phyllodes of A. kempeana are more than 5 mm

and those of A. stowardii are (on most specimens) less than 4 mm wide. A few speci-

mens, particularly from the south-western part of the Northern Territory

[Maconochie 1844 (BRI, NT, PERTH) Latz 5237 (BRI, NT, PERTH) Woenne s.n.

(PERTH) ], with phyllodes 4—5S mm wide may represent intermediates between A.

stowardii and A. kempeana, Ecological data on the herbarium labels suggest however

that they are A. stowardii.

47, A. solandri Benth.

NorTH KENNEDY District: Hervey Holding, Paluma Range, approx. 19°15’S 146°25’E, rainforest,

Jun 1975, Hyland 3007, Inkerman Hill [19°45’S, 147°30’E], Mar 1975, Jackes (ICT). SouTH KENNEDY Dis-

TRICT: Clarke Range west of Cathu, approx 20°40’S, 148°30’S, Apr 1978, Byrnes 3804 & Clarkson.

Acacia solandri extends farther north in Queensland than previously supposed. It

occurs in rainforest and in drier situations such as Mt Stuart near Townsville.

53A. Acacia difficilis Maiden in Ewart & Davies, Flora North. Territory 344 (1917).

Type. NortHern Terrirory: Howard Creek, 20 miles SE of Darwin, Jun 1916,

Hill (not seen).

Tree to 8 m tall but flowering when only | m; branchlets glabrous or often

tomentose the indumentum usually persisting in upper axils, occasionally with brown

scurf on developing phyllodes and tips of branches. Phyllodes straight or falcate and

tapering into a long pulvinus when narrow, 9—12(—16) cm x 2—4(—5) cm,

(2—)3—6 times as long as wide, with many fine crowded slightly anastomosing

nerves, 3 or 5 more prominent than the rest, glabrous or tomentose; gland prominent

basal, pulvinus 4—10(—17) mm long. Spikes dense (2—)3—4(—4.5) cm long on

peduncles 3—8 mm long often arranged in complex inflorescences. Occasionally the

spikes are in pairs in the upper axils but usually they are at the base of an axillary

shoot up to 5 cm long which may bear 2—S lateral spikes. Occasionally two pairs of

spikes and two shoots develop in each axil and the upper phyllodes are reduced in size

so that a complex paniculate inflorescence develops. Flowers 5— merous; calyx lobes

extremely narrowly spathulate + free, ciliolate at the apex, 0.5—0.7 mm long; corolla

glabrous 0.9—1.2 mm long about twice as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3 mm long;

ovary tomentose. Pods similar to those of A. julifera, — terete, longitudinally

wrinkled, glabrous, to 13 cm long, 3 mm diam. Seeds longitudinal, ca 6 x 2.2 mm;

areole open; funicle folded and thickened, basal.

BuRKE District: Settlement Creek, Jun 1923, Brass 352.

341

Acacia difficilis is widely spread in the northern part of the Northern Territory

where it occurs on sandy soils often with Eucalyptus nesophila or Grevillea pteridiifolia

and on alluvia. It has been coljected only once in Queensland. The main flowering

period is July-August and fruits mature from August to October.

It is difficult to distinguish from Acacia tumida Benth. which has shorter flattened

pods and often glaucous branchlets. Its closest relative is A. julifera which is also den-

sely tomentose in its young stages. The Queensland specimens referred to in the pro-

tologue of A. difficilis are A. julifera subsp. gilbertensis.

63. Acacia lazaridis Pedley, nom. et stat. nov. Based on Acacia aulacocarpa Cunn. ex

Benth. var. brevifolia F. Muell. ex Benth., J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 3:144

(1859). Type: Suttor, Mueller 39 (K, holo).

A. brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:395 (1864); Pedley,

Austrobaileya 1(2):167 (1978) nom. illeg. non Lodd. ex G. Don, Gen. Hist.

Dichlam. Pl. 2:406 (1832),

Bentham (Fi. Aust. 2:373. 1864) referred 4. brevifolia Lodd. to A. lunata. Lod-

dige’s name is 4 nomen nudum, but it was validated with a brief description by G.

Don. Consequently A. brevifolia (Benth.) Benth. is a later homonym. I am indebted to

Mr. B.R. Maslin for pointing out Don’s description of A. brevifolia.

The species is named for Mr. M. Lazarides (CANB) who is well known for his

work on Australian grasses and whose collections in northern Australia have been

invaluable in studies in many groups including Acacia.

65. A. cincinnata F. Muell.

SouTH KENNEDY District: Foot of Eungella Range, 21°05’S 148°38’E, rainforest margin, May 1970,

Telford 1816 (Canb. Bot. Gard. 034602): East Funnel Creek (approx. 21°40'S 148°S0’E) cleared rainforest

planted to pasture, Nov. 1978 Anderson 630.

As expected (see p. 169) A. cincinnata has been collected in the vicinity of

Mackay where it is associated with rainforest.

96. Acacia cana Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 53, errata (1920); Pedley,

Austrobaileya 1:196 (1978).

Tree to ca 6 m tall with dense spreading crown; branchlets obscurely angular,

grey with indumentum of dense short appressed hairs. Phyllodes straight, linear,

acute, + pungent (3—)4.5—10 cm long, (1.5—)2—3.3(—4) mm wide, 15—35(—

50) times as long as wide, with many fine longitudinal nerves hidden at first by dense

indumentum of appressed hairs which are absent from old phyllodes. Heads of 25—

30 flowers on penduncles 7—10(—12) mm long in pairs in the upper axils or 2—3 in

axillary racemes, the axis ca 2.5 mm long sometimes growing out into a leafy shoot

with heads on single axillary peduncles. Flowers 5— merous; calyx eventually splitting

into narrowly oblong or concave spathulate lobes 0.6—0.8 mm long appressed pubes-

cent in the upper part; corolla 1.4—1.6 mm long, 2—2.5 times as long as the calyx,

appressed pubescent; stamens 2.5 mm long; ovary densely tomentose. Pods

(immature) fiat wih prominent raised yellowish margins, curved, up to 10 cm long,

ca : mm wide, appressed pubescent; seeds longitudinal with funicle folded into basal

aril.

New South Wales. WESTERN PLAINS: Battery Creek, ‘‘Gumvale” via Tibooburra, Sep 1970,

Hitchcock NSW 106277 (BRD); 1 mile E of ‘“Gumvale”’ homestead, near Tibooburra, Sep 1971, Perry 5746

(BRI); Depot Glen, Milparinka, 29°42'S 141°45’E, Sep 1973, Cunningham 1087 & Milthorpe (NSW):

**Mulga Valley” Stn on road between White Cliffs and ‘“Tero Creek”’ Stn, Dec 1968, Martensz CSIRO Div.

Wildlife Res. 4132 (NSW), White Cliffs, Sep 1906, O'Reilly NSW 101392 (BRI); Bunker Creek on Wilcan- |

nia-White Cliffs Road, Oct 1974, Cunningham 2952 & Milthorpe (BRI). Queensland: Warrego District:

‘“‘Avonvilla’’ N. of Adavale, Apr 1961, Wilson (BRI, K).

342

Acacia cana is found in the extreme north-west of New South Wales usually on

drainage lines, and has apparently been collected once in Queensland. The specimen

has extremely young heads and it has not been possible to determine the structure of

the calyx, but.long peduncles and pointed phyllodes indicate that it is 4. cana. The

great bulk of the Queensland material previously referred to A. cana is now referred

to A. tephrina. |

96A. *Acacia tephrina Pedley. Type. BURKE DisTRICT: 10 miles N of Hughenden,

Jun 1975, Lazarides 3613 (BRI, holo; CANB, K, iso).

Tree usually erect up to 20 m tall, silvery, bark dark grey, fissured and flaky;

branchlets slender, angular, with dense indumentum of short appressed hairs wearing

off on angles, often glabrescent. Phyllodes straight or slightly falcate, linear though

sometimes widest above the middle when broad, not sharply pointed, 7—11(—15)

cm long, 2.5—4.5(—6) mm wide, 20—35(—60) times as long as wide, many fine

longitudinal‘nerves, densely appressed pubescent, hairs on old phyllodes confined to

intercostal lines. Heads of 20—35 flowers in densely pubescent axillary 4—10—

branched racemes, the axis 2.5—8 mm long, branches 4—7(— 10) mm long. Flowers

5— merous; calyx 0.3—0.5 mm long with appressed pubescent lobes ca !/3 as long as

the calyx, sometimes pubescent; stamens ca 2.5 mm long; ovary densely tomentose,

glabrous when aborted. Pod linear, flat, slightly, contracted between seeds and con-

vex over them, densely appressed pubescent, up to 6.5 cm long and 5 mm wide;

seeds longitudinal, 5.5 x 3.5—4 mm; areole central, open; funicle ca 3 times folded

forming small basal aril.

—_ Queensland. Burke District: 10 miles [16 km] N of Hughenden, Jun 1965, Lazarides 3613 (BRI,

CANB, K); 10 km S of Hughenden, Kent 71 (BRI): Hughenden, Jun 1934, Blake 6226 (BRI). Cook pIs-

TRict: 4 miles [6 km] SE of Einasleigh, Jun 1966, Pedley 2113 (BRI). NortH KENNEDY District: ca 10

miles.[16 km] W of Bowen, Jun 1958, Pedley 266 (BRI, K): Guthulungra, 19°56'S 147°50’E, May 1974,

Thompson (BRI). MITCHELL District. Glenhurst near Blackall, May 1936, Everist & White 65 (BRD. SoutH

KENNEDY District: 90 km (by road) N of Clermont, 22°04’S 147°34’E, Jun 1972, T.J. McDonald 558

(BRI); ‘‘Kiandra”’ 32 miles [51 km] N of Clermont, Aug 1964, Pedley 1739 (BRD). Gregory Sout Dis-

trict: Grey Range, between Quilpie and Eromanga, May 1928, White (BRI, K); ‘‘Whynot’’, Nov 1957,

oe 5663. WARREGO District: Cowley — Boorara Road, 26°54’S 144°50’E, Jun 1955, Smith 6387 (BRI,

I have seen two collections of what may be an undescribed species allied to A.

tephrina. Only a few phyllodes on the specimens were intact but they appeared to be

more elongate (10—16 cm long, 33-35 times as long as wide) than is usual in A.

tephrina though within the range of variation of that species. The axillary racemes

appear to have fewer heads and there appear to be significant differences in the

flowers. The calyx is 0.6—0.9 mm long, shortly obtusely lobed, glabrous or with

* Acacia tephrina Pedley, species nova affinis A. canae Maiden phyliodiis non pungentibus ramis

racemorum paucibus et calyce in lobos discretos non secedente differt. Typus: Lazarides 3613 (BRI,

holotypus; K, CANB, isotypi).

Arbor plerumque erecta usque 20m alta argentea cortice atrocinerea fissurata et squamata; ramuli tenues

angulares indumento pilorum brevium appressorum in angulis evanescenti obsiti saepe glabrescentes.

Phyliodia recta vel leviter falcata linearia quaamquam ubi lata interdum latissima supra medium non valde

acuta, 7—11(—15) cm longa, 2.5—4,5(—6) mm lata, 20—35(—60) plo longiora quam latiora, nervis

multis tenuibus longitudinalibus, dense appresse pubescentia, pilis in phyllodiis veteribus lineam inter-

‘costatem limitatis. Capitula 20—30 florum in racemos dense pubescentes axillares 4— 10 ramosa disposita

ex axe 2.5—8 mm longa, ramis 4—7(—10) mm longis constantes. Flores 5— meri; calyx 0.3—0.5 mm

longus lobes appresse pubescentibus calyce toto 3plo brevioribus; corolla 1.3—1.5 mm longa interdum

pubescens (2—)2.5—4plo calcye longior, stamina circa 2.5 mm longa; ovarium dense tomentosum,

glabrum ubi abortum. Legumen lineare planum inter semina leviter contractum et convexum supra ea,

dense appresse pubescens usque 6.5 cm longum et 5 mm latum; semina longitudinalia 5.5 x 3.5—4 mm;

areolus centralis apertus; funiculus circa 3plo plicatus arillum parvum basilem faciens.

343

some longish white hairs on the tube and with dense shorter golden hairs on the

lobes. The corolla is 1.4—1.8 mm long, about twice as long as the calyx. Pods are

needed to clarify its position relative to A. tephrina and other species of the

Microneurae group. Both collectors noted that the plant grows in thickets. The speci-

mens seen were:

Western Australia. CARNEGIE District: East of Lewis Range (approx. 20°10’S 128°40’E), June 1968,

Beard 5571 (PERTH). Northern Territory: 117 km W of Hookers Creek, 18°12’S 129°44’E, July 1973,

Maconochie 1749 (BRI, PERTH, specimens also at AD, B, CAN, DNA, K, NSW, NT).

Despite the note to the contrary (Pedley 1978, p. 196) the plant generally known

in Queensland as Acacia cana is not conspecific with A. cana from New South Wales.

Mr. B.R. Maslin demonstrated to me that specimens at herb. Kew should be referred

to two species, true A. cana and an undescribed species (4 fephrina) from Queens-

land. Observations at Kew were subsequently confirmed with specimens borrowed

from NSW.

A. cana has more sharply pointed, often narrower, phyllodes, inflorescences with

fewer longer branches and calyxes when split into distinct lobes. Except for the

reference to Miiparinka plants, notes previously published under A. cana refer to, A.

tephrina.

114. Acacia ramiflora Domin

BurkE District: 5 miles [8 km] E of Hughenden, pebbly red earth soil in low open woodland of

Eucalyptus whitei and Triodia sp., Apt 1971, Birch 71/49 (JCT).

The specimen cited extends the known range of A. ramiflora only slightly. The

species should be looked for in the Pentland-Hughenden area.:More material is

required to assess its relationship with A. simsii.

118A. Acacia estrophiolata F. Muell., South. Sci. Record 2:150 (1882). Type:

Northern Territory: Finke River, Kempe (NSW, iso).

Tree, often strongly weeping, to 12 m tall:branchlets slender + terete, glabrous

with the epidermal layer often lifting off. Phyllodes straight linear acute, 6—12 cm x

1.7—4(—5) mm, 17—40(—50) times as long as wide, with 3 widely spaced

longitudinal nerves with indistinct reticulate veins between them; gland at some dis-

tance (5—25 mm) from the base with the margin distinctly bent at the gland and

occasionally | or 2 more distal glands; pulvinus | —2 mm long. Heads of ca 40 flowers

in peduncles, subtended by an obtuse concave bract, 7—10 mm long in pairs in the

upper axils. Flowers 5—numerous; calyx lobes + free spathulate, glabrous 0.8—1

mm long; corolla ca 1—2 mm long; stamens ca 3 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pods flat

moniliform, the valves rather membranous; long wide. Seeds longitudinal ca 5 x 4

mm, funicle hardly thickened, areole small central open paler than the rest of the

seed.

Grecory Nortu District: no definite locality (approx. 24°20'S 138°20'E), Gasteen.

Acacia estrophiolata is common in the southern part of the northern Territory

usually on sandy alluvia or on run-on areas. It flowers in April and May. It is so

closely related to A. excelsa subsp. angusta that subspecific rank might be considered

appropriate, but as the phyllodes of A. estrophiolata are always longer than those of A.

excelsa and their geographic ranges are distinct specific rank is maintained.

The exact locality of Gasteen’s collection is not known, but it is in the north-

eastern part of the Simpson Desert within 200 km of collecting localities of A.

estrophiolata in the Northern Territory.

344

152A. *Acacia handonis Pedley, Type: DARLING Downs DISTRICT: Barakula State

ae (approx. 26°20’S 150°30’E), 15 Nov 1978, V. Handos.n. (BRI 233624,

olo).

Subshrub with branchlets ribbed below the insertion of the phyllodes, with scat-

tered short glandular hairs and occasionally with denser simple hairs. Phyllodes

crowded spirally arranged and occasionally subverticillate, probably semiterete when

fresh subquadrangular and + similar to those of A. baveri when dry, without obvious

nerves, recurved and mucronate at the apex, 6—10(—12) mm long, 0.3—0.4 mm

thick; gland apparently absent; pulvinus ca 0.2 mm long. Heads of ca 30 flowers on

axillary peduncles 8(—16) mm long. Flowers 5—merous, glabrous and glutinous;

calyx 0.6—0.8 mm long, lobed to about the middle; corolla 1.8—1.9 mm long, 2—3

times as long as the calyx; stamens ca 3.5 mm long; ovary glabrous. Pod shortly stipi-

tate, flattened glabrous with prominent raised cartilaginous excrescences on valves.

Seeds longitudinal ca 4 mm long, 1.7—1.9 mm wide; areole large oblong open; funi-

cle basal thick fleshy folded.

DaRLING Downs District: Barakula area, Aug-Sep 1977, /.G. & M. Simmons 896.

Acacia handonis is an extremely rare species. I have examined specimens from

the only known population north of Chinchilla. Flowers have been collected in July

and August and mature fruits in November. The species resembles 4. brunioides but

its unusual pod sets it apart from that species and all others I have examined.

The plant is named in honour of Mrs. V. Hando who collected specimens for me.

236. Acacia angustissima (Miller) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3(2):47(1898), Woodson

& Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37:268(1950) et fide Isely synonyma ibi

enumerata; Isely, Sida 3:368(1969). Based on Mimosa angustissima Miller,

Gard. Dict. ed. 811768). Type: not seen (BM, fide Isely).

Cook District: Bamaga near Cape York, Aug 1964, Christensen. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Millaroo Research Stn, ca 30 miles [48 km] SW of Ayr, Aug 1964, Sefton. SouTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Alliga-

tor Creek, near Mackay, Sep 1957, Goodchild.

Acacia angustissima, a native of subtropical and tropical America, has been col-

lected three times in Queensland. On one occasion it was suspected of being

introduced from outside Australia in forage legume seed. It has not proved troub-

lesome and seems not to have persisted. It may be of value as a forage plant and in

recent years it has been deliberately introduced. At present plants from three

different introductions are being grown at the Walkamin Research Station of the

Department of Primary Industries, near Mareeba. Details of the original introduc-

tions with Commonwealth Plant Introduction numbers are:

CPI 40175 Botivia: La Basuela, alt 2100m, Jun 1965, RZ. Williams 5047.

CPI 51651 Arizona: Desert Botanic Gardens, Phoenix, introduced in 1971.

CPI 57959 PEL AERLANDS LESSER ANTILLES: Curacao, introduced in 1972, Arnoldo-Broeders, Fraterhuis

oto. ,

* Acacia handonis Pedley, species nova affinis A. bruniodis Cunn ex G. Don pagina valvorum leguminis

crescentibus cartilagineis praedita (ramentacea) et seminihus longitudinalibus differt. Type: V. Handos.n.

{BRI 233634, holo).

Fruticulus ramulis costatis infra insertionem phyllodiorum pilis sparsis brevibus glandulosis et inter-

dum confertioribus simplicibus vestitus dispersis. Phyllodia conferta spiralitie disposita et interdum subver-

ticillata, probabiliter semiteretia ubi viva subquadrangularia et similis eosum A. bauveri ubi secca, sine nervis

manifestis, recurvata et mucronulata ad apicem, 6—10(—12) mm longa, 0.3—0.4 mm crassa; glans nulla

ut videtur; pulvinus ca 0.2 mm longus. Capitula 30flora in pedunculo axillari 8(—16) mm longo disposita.

Flores Smeri glabri et giutinosi, calyx 0.6—0.8 mm longus ad fere medium lobatus; corolla 1.8—1.9 mm

longa, 2—3plo longior quam calyx; stamina circa 3.5 mm longa; ovarium glabrum. Legumen breviter

stipitatum applanatum glabrum excrescentibus prominentibus cartilagineis in valvis ornatum circa 4.5 cm

longum, 4 mm lfatum. Semina longitudinalia circa 4 mm longa, 1.7—1.9 mm lata; areolus grandis oblongus

apertus;, funiculus basalis plicatus crassus succulentus.

345

A. angustissima differs from all other species found in Queensland in having

rather oblong heads of almost white flowers (with short pedicels) in paniculate

inflorescences and bipinnate leaves without glands.

A number of infraspecific taxa has been described; for example, Isely recognised

_ Six varieties occurring in the United States, and there is no general agreement on

either the status of these taxa or of the circumscription of A. angustissima. 1 have

taken a broad view of the species as there is a need for it to be criticially studied

throughout its range.

References

PEDLEY, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Austobaileva | (2) : 75-234.

PepLey..L. (1980). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland (concluded). Austrebaileva 1(3) : 235-337.

346

Austrobaileya 1 (4): 346-355 (1981)

FLORAL MORPHOLOGY IN RELATION TO POLLINATION

ECOLOGY IN FIVE QUEENSLAND COASTAL PLANTS

By Richard B. Primack,! Norman C. Duke,? and P.B. Tormlinson3

Abstract .

Observations of pollination by birds in Acanthus ilicifolius and Lysiana subfalcata var. maritima,

hawkmoths in Cleredendrum inerme and Sonneratia alba, and bees in Sesuvium portulacastrum, are presented

along wth detailed descriptions of floral morphology and pollination efficiency using pollen/ovule ratios.

Self-fertilization is restricted in Sesuvium, Acanthus, and Clerodendrum by protandry, while the flowers of

Lysiana, Sonneratia, and Acanthus are morphologically incapable of automatic self-pollination. The high fruit

set seen in flowers of these species suggests that these species are self-compatible. Self-compatibility in

mangrove and mangrove-associated species will presumably allow some fruit set even in isolated, single

plants after a new habitat is colonized.

Information on the reproductive biology of plants forming or often associated

with mangrove communities has generally been limited to the fruit dispersal stage

(see Guppy, 1906; Rabinowitz, 1978). Recent studies in Australia have shown an

extensive array of floral adaptations in relation to different pollinator visitors and

plant-animal interrelationships in the genus Lumnitzera, Combretaceae (Tomlinson et

al, 1979) and the tribe Rhizophoreae: of the family Rhizophoraceae (Primack and

Tomlinson, 1978; Tomlinson et al, 1979). The present study reports on the floral

morphology, pollination ecology, and fruit set of five species found in the mangrove

or other coastal vegetation of northern Queensland. This information provides a bet-

ter understanding of the dynamic interactions among plants and animals in and near

the mangrove forest.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Observations were made at Cape Ferguson, near Townsville, Queensland

(19°4’S, 147° 17E) during March and April 1978. The methods for determining

pollen/ovule ratios and stigma receptivity have been described by Tomlinson et al.

(1979). To summarize, the number of pollen grains per flower was determined either

by direct count of macerated anthers or with a Coulter Counter, and of ovules by

direct dissection. The onset of stigma receptivity was determined by floating stigmas

in (a) a-naphthyl acetate, and observing a color reaction at the stigma surface, indica-

tive of esterase activity by a coupling with (b) hexazotised pararosanilin.

Descriptions of floral characters directly related to pollination were made using

fresh material, but the illustrations were prepared from fluid-preserved material. All

information on flower phenologies and pollinator visits were made on natural popula-

tions. Collections were made of insect visitors to these flowers; these insects were

identified by members of the C.S.I.R.O. Division of Entomology, Canberra. Fruit set

was determined for three species by tagging either flower buds about to open or open

flowers in April 1978, and returning two weeks later to check for developing fruit.

Information on the growth habit, typical habitat, and geographical distribution of each

species is presented in Table 2:

I Biology Department, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, U.S.A.

? Australian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville, Queensland, Australia.

3 Harvard University, Harvard Forest, Petersham, Massachusetts 01366, U.S.A.

347

SONNERATIA ALBA J.SM. (SONNERATIACEAE)

This is a tree of the seaward community of mangroves with the flowers con-

spicuous and terminal on the ultingate branches (Fig. 12). Each flower has approx-

imately 300 stamens which form the attractive part of the flower; each stamen is

about 25 mm long. Some of the stamens point outward, while others are angled

inward, forming a network of filaments about 30 mm in length over the ovary (Fig.

12D). The stamens are partially supported by the five thick, green calyx lobes, which

are often purple at the base. The style extends beyond the anthers, then bends

upward, and ends in a sticky, disc-shaped stigma. Automatic self-pollination is

~ minimized because the stigma extends beyond the anthers. Many drops of nectar

accumulate along the margin of the ovary.

The flowers last only one night, they open at dusk or just after dusk and are often

orientated towards the setting sun. The following morning the stamens fall off and

the stigma discolors. About one hour after the flower opens, a sour-milk odor is pro-

duced and the anthers begin to dehisce. The light, powdery pollen is produced in very

large quantities (500,000 grains per flower). Bees sometimes land on the opening

flowers but are generally unable to penetrate the tangle of filaments and do not con-

tact the stigma.

Hawkmoths were observed visiting the flowers, and appear to be the primary

pollinators in this area. Alighting for only a few seconds on a flower before resuming

flight, moth activity was relatively low. Individual flowers probably were visited no

more than twice during the two hours over which observations were made; however,

this is presumably sufficient for pollen transfer to take place. Two hawkmoths of the

same species (Psilogramma menephron menephron |Cramer] )were captured, averag-

ing 1.3 g in weight, and 88, 87 and 56 mm for proboscis length, wing-span, and body

iength respectively. A proboscis of this length would allow the hawkmoth to take nec-

tar from a distance.

Of 46 flower buds tagged in this species, forty-one developed into young fruit;

fruit set was 89%,

CLERODENDRUM INERME GAERTN. (VERBENACEAE)

This is a sprawling shrub of mangrove margins with white flowers in corymbose

cymes, with the two to eight flowers in each cyme held horizontally in a single plane

(Fig. 13). The corolla has five reflexed lobes and a tube 30 mm long, 15 mm wide at

the opening, and 1.4 mm wide at the base. On the inner surface, the corolla tube is

densely covered with short fine hairs, presumably to keep out unwanted flower visi-

tors. The calyx forms a cup which extends above the ovary and is covered with an

irregular series of raised elliptical glands which apparently function as extra-floral nec-

taries, since ants are commonly observed feeding at them. Four stamens extend 30

mm from the corolla mouth when the flower first opens (Fig. 13A). The included

part of the filaments is white, the excluded part is purple. Each versatile anther sac

splits longitudinally in the middle, exposing the thick yellow back of the anther and

pulling pollen into a groove formed between the split anther edge and the back of the

anther. After the first day and night, the stamens wither away and the filaments roll

up. The style is only about 30 mm in length at anthesis, increasing to 60 mm by the

second or third day, when the two stigma lobes diverge and the flower becomes

receptive to pollen (Figs. 13B, C). These flowers are therefore strongly protandrous,

with limited chance of pollen being transferred from anther to stigma within the same

flower. Further, all flowers in a single inflorescence generally remain at the same

developmental stage, so that flowers on the same inflorescence are unlikely to polli-

nate each other, though inflorescences at different developmental stages are often

348

12 Sonneratia alba

13 Clerodendron inerme

Figure 12. Sonneratia alba J. Sm. (from fluid-preserved material, Cape Ferguson, Townsville, Queens-

land). A. Opening flower bud (x 2/3). B. Floral diagram. C. Open flower (x 2/3) at anthesis

from the side. D, Open flower (x 2/3) in longitudinal section.

Figure 13. Clerodendrum inerme Gaertn. (from fluid-preserved material, Cape Ferguson, Townsville,

Queensland). A. Flower (x 2) at anthesis (male phase) from the side. B. Flower (x 2) at female

phase from the-side. C. Flower (x 2) at female phase in longitudinal section. D. Floral diagram.

349

found on the same plant. The stigma of a single flower may be receptive from one to

several days,with individual flowers lasting three to five days.

The flowers are very fragrant. No daytime visitors to the flowers were observed

in several hours of observation. In two hours of observation at and just after dusk,

one large hawkmoth was the onby flower visitor to a large flowering bush. The

hawkmoth appeared and departed suddenly. In this brief visit, the hawkmoth probed

virtually every flower on the bush, spending only a second or two on each flower.

Adaptations for hawkmoth pollination appear to be the long corolla with hairy

interior to exclude other insects. The white corolla and strong fragrance presumably

aid the hawkmoths to locate the flowers. The versatile anthers with pollen in grooves,

allows the pollen to be placed precisely on the hawkmoth proboscis. The purple color

of the filament and style presumably make them difficult for the hawkmoth to see

and avoid. No data was obtained on fruit set.

ACANTHUS ILICIFOLIUS L. (ACANTHACEAE)

Acanthus ilicifolius is a shrub or sprawling woody herb with conspicuous blue

flowers borne in terminal spikes (Fig. 14A). The corolla is divided into two small

upper lobes, and one large recurved lower lip some 35 mm broad and 27 mm long

(Fig. 14B, C). The four stamens are in two slightly unequal pairs with their anthers

pressed together under tension facing the lower lobe. The anthers (Fig. 14D, ED

dehisce longitudinally, with a thick line of hairs lining the split so that pollen is pre-

sented on the lower side of the stamens. The stigma rests on top of the anthers, but is

prevented by the hairs from coming near the pollen. There is a ring of dense hairs at

the base of the stamens where the floral tube narrows (Fig. 14B). All of these hairs

point upward and outward, preventing insects from crawling into the floral tube.

A large pollinator visiting the flower probes into the channel about 12 mm long,

formed between the stamens and the large corolla lobe below. When the bases of the

stamens are touched by the pollinator, they readily diverge in pairs and the style and

stigma descend. When pressure on the stamen bases is released, the stigma lifts up

and the stamens come back together again. The result is that the stigma touches the

_ back of a pollinator first and picks up pollen, and pollen is deposited by the flower as

the pollinator withdraws and the stamens come together again. As a result of this

functional morphology, the stigma and the dehisced anthers rarely contact one

another. Self-pollination can occur if the stigma does not return to its original position

sufficiently rapidly.

The stigma has two lobes which diverge slightly. On the basis of stigma staining,

the stigma does not appear to become receptive until the second day the flower is

open. The flowers usually last two days, with exceptional flowers lasting either one or

three to four days. Pollen was present in the anthers of all flowers examined, regard-

less of their age. While the flower morphology tends to prevent the self-pollination of

a flower, self-pollination is further restricted by the weak protandry. When pollinator

activity is high, all the pollen could be removed from the anthers before the stigma

becomes receptive.

The only pollinator seen on a patch of approximately one hundred flowers dur-

ing six hours of observation was a yellow-breasted sunbird (Nectarina jungularis )

which perched on the stems and probed in most of the flowers. Xylocopa bees, which

are also suspected of being pollinators, were seen in the vicinity but did not visit these

flowers. The pressure which must be exerted on the stamen bases for them to sepa-

rate and the distance of the anthers and the stigma from the nectar at the ovary base

support the conclusions that pollinators must be relatively large and strong. An

examination of inflorescences which had recently finished flowering with a total of

several hundred flowers showed that fruits develop from most flowers.

350

14 Acanthus ilicifolius

Figure 14. Acanthus ilicifolius L. (from fresh material cultivated at Fairchild Tropical Garden, Miami,

Florida). A. Spicate inflorescence (x 2/3). B. Flower (x 2) in longitudinal section. C. Flower

{x 2/3) from the front. D. Large stamen (x 4). E. Small stamen (x 4). F. Floral diagram.

Cultivated specimens at Fairchild Tropical Garden, Miami, Florida set rather

infrequent seed suggesting a degree of dependence on a fairly generalized pollinator.

LYSIANA SUBFALCATA (HOOK.) B.A. BARLOW SPP. MARITIMA B.A.

BARLOW (LORANTHACEAE)

This parasitic epiphyte is confined to mangrove vegetation (Barlow, 1966). The

upright flowers are usually produced in two-flowered cymes. The flowers are curved

back away from the branch tip (Fig. 15). The petaloid calyx tube is about 25 mm in

length and 3.5 mm in width at the mouth with six flaring lobes approximately 10 mm

351

in length (Fig. 15A, B). The inner, lower two lobes are longer than the others due to

the splitting of the calyx lower down producing a slight zygomorphy. The bottom half

of the calyx is red below grading into yellowish green above. The six stamens are

episepalous and bear long, thin anthers covered with sticky, yellow pollen. The ovary

is inferior and the stigma is ball-shaped, slightly grooved above and covered with

papillae but no discernible ovules are developed, as is usual in the Loranthaceae.

Since the stigma extends slightly beyond the anthers and the anthers open inward, au-

tomatic self-pollination is minimized. There is abundant pollen in the anthers of only

Figure 15. Lysiana subfalcata (Hook) B.A. Barlow ssp. maritima B. A. Barlow (from fluid-preserved

material, Cape Ferguson, Townsville, Queensland). A. Flower (x 4/3) from the side. B.

Flower (x 4/3) from the side with stamens removed, C. Flower (x 4/3) in longitudinal section.

E. Floral diagram, ovary jocules are stylized.

Figure 16. Sesuvium portulacastrum L. (from fresh material, Miami, Florida). A. Flower (x 4) in

longitudinal section. B. Flower (x 4) from above. C. Floral diagram.

16 Sesuvium portulacastrum

indicates that the flower is fragrant distance from anthers to ovary base ‘indeterminate, no ovules are produced

352

recently open flowers, though some pollen may also persist in older flowers. Flowers

last at least three days, and often longer. The stigma becomes receptive as soon as the

flower opens and remains receptive as long as the flower persists.

The flowers are visited by several species of nectar-feeding birds, principally a

species of honeyeater, probably the white-throated honeyeater (Melithreptus

albogelaris ), and also the yellow-breasted sunbird and the mistletoe bird (Dicguem

hirundinaceum ). These birds fly actively between plants, probing all flowers. Many

flowers have slits in the calyx tube where the birds have apparently torn the flowers to

get at the nectar. |

Characters of these flowers related to bird pollination are the inferior ovary for

protection against the bird bill, the red calyx as an attractant, and the stickiness of

pollen facilitating attachment to the bill of the bird.

Of 83 flower buds and flowers tagged, fifty-six fruit developed; fruit set was 67%.

SESUVIUM PORTULACASTRUM L. (AIZOACEAE)

This prostrate beach herb has a pan-tropical distribution. The flowers (Fig. 16)

have five fleshy tepals which are pink on the inside and green on the outside. The

tepals open to expose the flower parts, closing again at night and during cloudy

weather, but closing finally after the flower has been pollinated. They open again at

the time the capsule dehisces. There are about 25-60 stamens, 30 ovules, and 3 (—4)

stigmatic lobes per flower. The stamens are pink, and mature progressively from the

outside inward during the course of one day; for each stamen, first the filament

elongates and then the anther dehisces. The pollen remains in the anther only.a brief

time as it is rapidly removed by small, pollen-collecting bees (Trigona hockingsi

Cockerell). The stigma lobes are straight initially and gradually diverge, becoming

fully spread after all the anthers have dehisced. Stigma staining shows that the recep-

tive area of the stigma is a narrow strip on the inner surface, beginning at the tip. The

stigma does not stain or stains only weakly in newly opened flowers and flowers with

most of the anthers at or past dehiscence. Flowers with all the anthers past anthesis

and fully divergent stigmas have deeply staining stigmas. The flowers are clearly pro-

tandrous, and stay open one to two days. Bees will occasionally probe at the stamen

bases of flowers at all stages of development, however, there was no observable nec-

tar present.

Of 29 flowers tagged, nineteen fruits developed; fruit set was 66%.

POLLEN AND OVULE PRODUCTION ~

The five species span a wide range in ovule production, varying from 4 to 220

ovules per flower. Flowers of Lysiana subfalcata do not have differentiated ovules.

Pollen production per flower varies from 3/70 grains in Clerodendrum inerme to

588,000 grains in Sonneratia alba. Species differ in the pollen-ovule ratios, an index of

the efficiency of the pollination system (Cruden, 1977). The pollen/ovule ratios are

low in comparison with those calculated for several mangrove species in the

Rhizophoraceae (Tomlinson et al, 1978). The pollen/ovule ratio of Clerodendrum

inerme in particular is low, suggesting that the hawkmoth pollination of this species is

highly efficient. The pollen production values for Lysiana subfalcata, Acanthus

ilicifolius, and Sesuvium portulacastrum are within the observed range of insect-polli-

nated species of the Rhizophoraceae, but considerably below the bird-pollinated

species of the Rhizophoraceae. The high pollen production and pollen/ovule ratio of

Sonneratia alba are much higher than expected for a moth-pollinated species;

however, this species apparently depends on bats, birds, or wind for pollination in

other parts of its range (Backer and van Steenis, 1951).

This content downloaded from

136.154.23.253 on Tue, 11 Jul 2023 03:20:53 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

353

2 OLbT

SIL 00S‘r

76 OLE

ret «OSL

€L9Z 000°88S

— JOMO]4

O/d sulein

OCC

JOMO|4

SgINAC

ped

In|F

SUUM

{Uld

SHUM

JoJO7)

IaMO|

poonpod ae S3[NAO OU ‘d}BUIWIOJOPUL, Seq AIBAO O} SIOYJUL WIOIJ DOURISIPy JUPITCIJ SI JOMOLJ OY} JB} SOIVOIPUL,

qOt

(ww)

YyIsUus]

oqny

[e1o[

IBIION

IBOON

pIBION

(4e190u)

Ue][Od

plBPON]

Jur}

-ORINY

spllg

isI9IIO

“Spsig

SUJOULYMPH

saaq |[PUIS

SYJOWU MPH

10JeUl]]Od

AIBULIg

eye

“SNV “A

[eoldol |

BIS

-[esny

[eoIdol |

eyesny

seq [eoidory

ue}

-I]OdOUWISO7)

Ssoidody

ueeIISNY

29 PIIOM PIO

uOHINqIsiq

Sool]

SOAOIB

-UPW UO

oyAydidy

SOAOIBUPU

ul Ado

-UBd-qns

“pIeMpuUry

Sospd SAOIZUPLU

soyoeog

$1e[J Pues

SOAOIZUPLU

pIemess

yeyqey [eoidA |

qnius

OnIS

-B1ed

qniys Jews

qniys

3ul

-[MbIdS

qJoy AYSso]f

J01].

WqeH

3e90

-PY]UPIOT

av20

-eUUBDY

avd

-PUdQIOA,

=) 352 @)

-BOZIY

avd00l]

-PIQUUOS

AJTUUB J

DUI}

-IDUI “ASS D]DO

~/D{QNS DUDISAT

SHI]

-Of1DI]1 SNY]UDIP

AuAdU!

wWiNAp

-Uapo.a],)

winA|SDID|NjAOd

UINIANSAS

Dq]D DIIDIIUUOS

Sa1d0dS

‘SIDads [BJSBOD SAT] JO SONSIID}IOVIEUD ?7 AIAVL

This content downloaded from

136.154.23 .253 on Tue, 11 Jul 2023 03:20:53 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

354

DISCUSSION

Due to the unstable nature of mangrove and beach vegetation, new areas are

constantly being colonized and old habitats destroyed. Initial colonization will often

be by a single seed floating in sea water. As a result, mechanisms can be expected

which promote out-crossing with its associated genetic advantages, in established

populations, but at the same time allow fruit set in isolated individuals. The most

important such mechanism in shore line species appears to be protandry, whereby the

pollen in a flower is shed before the stigma becomes receptive. Protandry promotes

out-crossing by preventing individual flowers from self-pollinating, though flowers

on the same plant may pollinate each other. Partial or complete protandry is found in

Sesuvium portulacastrum, Clerodendrum inerme, and Acanthus ilicifolius, and in three

other common mangrove trees, Rhizophora stylosa, Bruguiera exaristata, and Lum-

nitzera racemosa (Tomlinson et al., 1978; Tomlinson et al, 1979). While the sample

size is not large, the presence of protandry in six out of the eight species studied indi-

cates the importance of protandry as an out-breeding mechanism for coastal associ-

ated species. |

Morphological adaptations of the flower which prevent self-pollination,

generally a physical separation of the anthers and the stigma, are found in Sonneratia

alba, Acanthus ilicifolius, and Lysiana subfaicata. Every one of the five species in this

study has some obvious mechanism to prevent self-pollination of individual flowers

though the flowers are perfect. However, fruit set is 66% or higher in plants’ of

Sesuvium portulacastrum, Sonneratia alba, Lysiana subfalcata, and Acanthus ilicifolius.

This high fruit set, despite mechanisms which prevent self-pollination in individual

flowers, strongly suggests that these plants are self-compatible. Geitonogamy would

allow fruit set in isolated colonizing plants. As populations increased to the high den-

sity characteristic of many mangrove species, the percentage of fruits resulting from

geitonogamous pollinations would decrease as pollen was increasingly transferred

between adjacent plants by the pollinators. However, the real measure of degree of

out-crossing in coastal species must come from studies of the extent of self-incom-

patibility. In the present study, visits have been too short to permit the necessary

artificial pollination, bagging, and emasculation techniques which are needed to pro-

vide unequivocal evidence for out-crossing. This research approach is the next logical

step to the results presented here.

There is variation both among species and among populations within species of

Sonneratia for the presence or absence of petals, the time of day the flowers open, and

the color of the petals and stamens. These differences may be adaptations to the local

pollinating fauna. Plants with red flowers which open during the day may be adapted

to bird pollination, while plants with white flowers which open at night may be

adapted to moth or bat pollination.

Adaptations to bird, hawkmoth, and bee pollination were evident in this group of

mangrove-associated plant species. This wide range of adaptations is comparable to

the divergence in flower types associated with different pollinators found within the

mangrove community itself in the Rhizophoraceae (Tomlinson et a/., 1979) and the

genus Lumnitzera (Tomlinson et al, 1978). This research has indicated that each

mangrove species shows a distinctive floral morphology and has a particular relation-

ship to the pollinating fauna. These pollination studies only hint at the complexity of

animal-plant ‘interactions in tropical coastal communities which will be revealed by

further investigation.

355

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Logistical support for this project was provided by the Australian Institute of

Marine Science; Dr. John Bunt assisted directly with many aspects. Priscilla Fawcett,

Botanical Illustrator at the Fairchild Tropical Garden, prepared the line drawings.

REFERENCES

BACKER, C.A. 1951. Aizoaceae. Flora Malesiana, Ser. I. Vol. 4: 267-275.

BACKER, C.A. & C.G.G.J. VAN STEENIS. 1951. Sonneratiaceae. Flora Malesiana, Ser. 1, Vol. 4: 280-289.

BarLow, B.A. 1966. A revision of the Loranthaceae of Australia and New Zealand, Aust. J. Bot. 14: 421-

499

CRUDEN, R.W. 1977. Pollen-ovule ratios: A conservative indicator of breeding systems in flowering plants.

Evolution 31: 32-46.

Guppy, H.B. 1906. Observations of a naturalist in the Pacific between 1896 and 1899. II. Plant Dispersal.

Macmillan & Co., London.

Macnaek, W. 1968. A general account of the fauna and flora of mangrove swamps and forests in the Indo-

West-Pacific region. Advances in Marine Biol. 6: 73-270.

PERCIVAL, M. & J.S. WoMERSLEY. 1975. Floristics and Ecology of the Mangrove Vegetation of Papua New

Guinea. The Wilke Group, Brisbane.

PRIMACK, R.B. & P.B. TOMLINSON. 1978. Sugar secretions from the buds of Rhizophora. Biotropica 10: 74-75.

RaBinowiTz, D. 1978. Dispersal patterns of mangrove propagules. Biotropica 10: 47-57.

TomMLINSon, P.B., J. BUNT, R.B. PRIMACK & N. DUKE. 1978. Lumnitzera rosea (Combretaceae) — its status

and floral morphology. J. Arnold Arbor. 59: 342-351. .

TOMLINSON, P.B., R.B. PRIMACK & J.S. Bunt. 1979. Preliminary observations on floral biology in mangrove

Rhizophoraceae. Biotropica; 11: 256-277.

356

Austrobaileya | (4): 356-371 (1981)

AN ANALYSIS OF THE AUSTRALIAN GRASS FLORA

By B.K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Summary

The grass flora of Australia is analysed by several different methods complemented by 6 figures and

15 tables. Native and naturalized exotic entities are given equal treatment and comparisons between the

floras of each state are enumerated. Taxonomic breakdowns and comparisons for each state are given at

tribal and informal sub-family groupings. Reasons are suggested for the data where possible.

The recently published check-list of Australian grasses (Simon, 1978) provided

an incentive to analyse the data in this list along the lines outlined by a recent analysis

of the flora of Victoria (Ross, 1976). Although the distributional data in the check-list

is given on a state basis, it is realized that a more meaningful analysis would have

been obtained had the geographical areas been based on the lines of topography,

vegetation types, climate, soils and other general ecological factors as has been

recently attempted at generic rank (Clifford & Simon, 1981). However, although

political boundaries are in most cases artificial they are unambiguous, and are con-

sidered useful demarcations for the present analysis to be undertaken.

The check-list deals only with Australian native and naturalized grasses,

atiouet distribution of these grasses into New Guinea was also indicated, in the

check-list.

TABLE 3: Proportional representation of the grass flora of each state and of Australia.

(Figures shown as native taxa/naturalized exotic taxa),

Tribes Genera Entities

N.S.W. 26(21/5) 149(98/51) 636(418/218)

Vic. 24(19/5) 111(60/51) 382(229/153)

Tas. 21(16/5) 75(35/40) 239(421/118)

NT. 24(23/1) 99(92/7) 462 (419/43)

S.A, 2117/4) 114(69/45) 352(232/120)

W.A. 24(20/4) 138(91/47) 541 (373/168)

Qld. 28(25/3) 155(124/31) 779(610/169)

Australia 33(27/6) 209(148/61) 1299 (976/323)

The proportional representation of the grass flora of each state (Table 3) reveals

Queensland to have the richest flora at tribal, generic and entity* rank. In terms of the

representation of the native flora Queensiand again rates highest at tribal, generic and

entity rank. The naturalized exotic flora are best represented in New South Wales,

Victoria and Tasmania at tribal rank, in New South Wales and Victoria at generic rank

and in New South Wales at entity rank. However, in terms of the proportion of

naturalized exotics to natives, Tasmania has the highest proportion at tribal, generic

and entity rank with the Northern Territory having the lowest. Table 4 shows these

proportions in terms of percentage for entities and also shows the percentage of the

Australian total for the native and naturalized exotic entities. From the figures it is

seen that Queensland is best represented in terms of the native flora and New South

Wales in terms of the exotic flora, with Tasmania and the Northern Territory rating

last in terms of the native and exotic flora, respectively.

* Throughout this paper the term entity is used to include both species and infra-specific taxa as I consider

the placing of a taxon at a particular rank to be arbitrary for the purpose of a broad floristic analysis such

as this.

357

TABLE 4: Percentage of native and naturalized exotic entities in each state, and Australia and percentage

of the Australian total of native and naturalized entities for each state.

% native . % naturalized % of Australian % of Australian

natives naturalized exotics

N.S.W. 65.8 34.2 42.7 67,7

Vic. 59.9 40,1 23.4 47.5

~ Tas. 50.6 49.4 12.4 36.6

N.T. 90.7 9.3 47.8 13.4

S.A. 659 34.] 23.7 37.3

W.A. 68.9 31.1 38.1 52.2

Qld. 78.3 21.7 62.4 52.5

Australia 75,2 24.8

When the density of grasses for each state is examined (Table 5) it is seen there

is almost an inverse correlation between size of area under consideration and density,

the smaller the area the greater the density. The relationship between area and species

number is always of this pattern (Williams, 1964) and a more meaningful interpeta-

tion on flora richness is obtained when entity number is plotted against area (Figs 17

and 18), with both the numbers and areas on a logarithmic scale. A straight line of

best fit shows the mean measure of ‘flora richness’ for the whole country and the

value for each state can be assessed with relation to this line. Plots are given for both

the total (Fig. 17) and native (Fig. 18) floras and from them it can be seen how simi-

lar the two graphs are and deduced that when the exotic flora is added to the native

flora the-richness of the flora is increased proportionately for each state. The one

exception is the Northern Territory where the value lies above the mean value for the

native grasses but below for all the grasses. This is because of the low number of

exotics in the Northern Territory in relation to the relatively high number in the other

states. In general Queensland and New South Wales have rich floras relative to their

size, Northern Territory, Victoria and Tasmania floras of average richness, and the

floras of Western Australia and South Australia are relatively poor. Queensland and

New South Wales owe their richness to both states having good seasonal rainfall with

the area in common to both (the MacPherson-Macleay the overlap) (Burbidge, 1960)

receiving rain at all times of the year. The paucity of the Western Australian and

South Australian grass floras is directly correlated to the low average rainfall for each

state and the corresponding large areas of desert.

TABLES: Density of grass entities for each state and Australia

(Figures given for native and for all entities)

Area (km2) No.ofentities Density (entities/ No. of entities Density (entities/

(Native) 10,000 km?) (AlD 10,000 km?)

N.S.W. 804,000 418 5.2 636 7.9

Vic. 227,600 229 10.1 382 16.8

Tas. 67,800 121 17.8 239 35.3

N.T, 1,346,200 419 3.1 462 3.4

S.A. —-- 984,000 232 2.4 352 3.6

W.A. 2,525,500 373 1.5 54] 2.1

Qld. 1,727,200 610 3.5 779 4.5

Australia 7,682,300 976 13 1299 17

358

NO. OF ENTITIES

200

404 108 107

AREA (km?)

Figure 17 Relation between area and number of entities (native and naturalized exotic), each on a log.

scale, in Australian states.

1,000

600

300

NO. OF ENTITIES

AREA (km?)

Figure 18. Relation between area and native entities, each on a log. scale, in Australian states.

Tables 6 and 7 show a comparison between the floras of the Australian states

with respect to each other, Table 6 giving the number of entities in common between

the states and Table 7 transposing these values to a Czekanowski Coefficient of

similarity (Czekanowski, 1913). Three values are given in each comparison, one for

native entities, one for naturalized exotic entities and one for all entities. Fig. 19

shows the coefficients of the total floras arranged in decreasing order together with

the values for the natives and naturalized exotics arranged in the same order. In terms

of the total and native values the highest eight values are for states adjacent to each

other, six of them being wholly or partially within temperate to subtropical latitudes

and two being wholly or partially in tropical latitudes. The high figures for the tem-

perature to subtropical adjacent states are due mainly to the large naturalized exotic

component of the floras whereas the high correlation between the adjacent tropical

359

states (Qld. — N.T.; N.T. — W.A.) can be attributed mainly to the native compo-

nent. In general the greater the latitude between states the larger the difference bet-

ween the floras whereas those of a similar latitude show a closer correlation even

though they may not have a common border. An example of these two correlations is

shown by the low correlation between the Northern Territory and adjacent South

Australia compared to the fairly high correlation between non-adjacent Queensland

and Western Australia. Another generalization from Fig. 19 is that whenever the

native coefficient is above the value for the total flora the naturalized exotic compo-

nent is below the total value and vice versa.

< Qo -

Hn > & <

ns en a = =

2 = ! a o = a a 1 c-4 $

5 o I << CG 2 Ww

oS, 215 27 29 7

= § » Gs Fe zaeek S.

= &

. z = > 2 - > > i

0: --@ “

; . : * o. z 5 5°) F

< ." ‘ Pag ve . |

5 . i, ) | =. q a Uv

. z : e = Y « fe

* * ry a wo - +]

0-6 3 . :, z 5 |

: : & wt es

ae ; "s, z 2 is

E ia ont 4 ? a

3 05 . : : bE

= nen io

re a $ oe

u i > !

Oo us 6 9

O o4 tt . pie

> * :

Mw : ‘

nw 7

> 03 Yd)

C-4

0.2

—_ Total

Native *s

fe bat tt Naturalized exotic ‘e

0-1

Figure 19. Coefficients of similarity (Czekanowski) of the grass floras of, Australian states with respect to

each other.

The nature of both endemic and widespread distribution of entities is revealed by

the examination of Tables 8 and 9. In terms of total number, Queensland has by far

the largest number of endemics due to a large native component and rivals Western

Australia in the percentage representation of the total number of endemics*. In terms

of the native flora alone however, Western Australia has the highest percentage of

endemic entities.

* When the term endemic is applied to naturalized exotic entities endemism is considered only with

respect to the geographical areas under consideration in this paper, as an entity being a naturalized exotic

naturally implies its native occurrence is geographically outside the area discussed in this paper.

360

TABLE 6: Number of entities in common between Australian states.

N.S.W, Vic. Tas. N.T. S.A. W.A.

188

Vict. 130

318

85 98

Tas. 0 9 95

183 193

143 46 10

NUT, 31 i? 9

174 63 19

161 132 57 114

S.A. 106 103 PA 19

267 235 134 133

151 90 36 243 154

W.A, 132 105 8l 32 100

283 195 117 274 254

288 103 38 327 144 237

Qld. 126 77 60 40 74 109

4i4 180 98 367 218 346

Normal Print = Native

ltalic Print = Naturalized Exotic

Underlined Print = Total

When widespread entities are considered (Table 9) only longitudinal spread is

examined as it was previously shown there is little merging of the temperate and tro-

pical flora in terms of floristic composition. Widespread entities within temperate

Australia are considered with and without the inclusion of Tasmania. It is seen that

there is a far higher correlation between the floras of the tropical areas than those of

the temperate areas, particularly of the native flora where 21.5 percent of the entities

have a widespread distribution in a band across tropical Australia. This contrasts with

a low 3.2 percent of the natives being widespread in temperate Australia, including

Tasmania. Such a disjunction in the south is due to the Miocene marine incursion in

the Nullabor region, whereas no such barrier existed in the north (Laseron, 1955).

When the naturalized exotic widespread entities are examined the converse situation

exists with 21.1 percent being widespread in the south (over half if Tasmania is

excluded) and only 10 percent in the north. This can be attributed directly to man-

deed pasture introductions having been far more active in temperate than tropical

ustralia.

Tables 10 to 13 and Figs 20 to 22 give a taxonomic break-up of the entities for

each state and Australia. Tables 10 and 11 deal with the entities grouped into the

tribes used in the check-list, Table 10 giving the actual entity number and Table 11

giving the conversion of these numbers to percentages. Due to the conflicting nature

of contemporary grass classification at a tribal level (Prat, 1960; Pilger, 1954; Hub-

bard, 1973) it was thought that graphic representation of taxonomic divisions would

361

be more meaningful if more loosely defined taxonomic groupings along the lines

demarcated by Clifford and Watson (1977) were used. The groupings used differ

slightly from those of Clifford and Watson and are given in Table 14. The actual

entity number for these groupings are shown in Table 12, with Table 13 giving the

percentages and Figs 20 to 22 giving the diagrammatic representation of these percen-

tages.

TABLE 7: Coefficients of similarity (Czekanowski) of the grass floras of Australian states.

N'S.W, Vic. Tas. N.T. S.A. W.A.,

581

Vic. 700

625

315 560

Tas. 377 701

416 622

342 142 037

N.T. 238 174 112

317 149 054

495 573 323 350

S.A, 627 755 647 233

541 640 454 327

382 299 146 614 509

W.A. 684 654 566 303 694

48) 423 300 548 569

560 245 104 635 342 482

Qld. 651 478 418 377 512 647

585 310 192 591 385 524

Normal Print = Native

ftalic Print = Naturalized Exotic

Underlined Print = Total

TABLE 8: Endemic entities of each Australian state

Natives Naturalized Total % Natives % Naturalized % Total

exotics ~ exotics

N.S.W. 38 28 66 9.1 12.8 10.4

Vic. 7 11 18 3.1 7.2 47

Tas. 19 12 31 | Rane 10.2 13.0

N.T. 55 I 56 13.1 2.3 12.1

S.A. 16 3 19 6.9 2.5 5.4

W.A, 66 19 85 17.7 11.3 15.7

Qld. 99 23 122 16.2 13.6 15,7

362

TABLE 9; Widespread entities in Tropical and Temperate Australia

Tropical W.A. - NT. - Qld.

N.S.W, - Vic. - Tas. -

S.A. - W.A,

Temperate

N.S.W. - Vic. - S.A, -

W.A.

Natives

210

Naturalised Total

exotics

242

166

% Australian % Australian

natives

21.5

3.2

naturalized

exotics

10.0

24.1

S16

TABLE 10: Numbers of entities in each State and Australia grouped according to tribe. (Figures shown as

native entities/naturalized exotic entities).

N.S.W.

Agrostideae 59/13

Andropogoneae 36/10

Aristideae 31/0

Arundineae 1/2

Arundinelleae 1/0

Aveneae 6/19

Bambuseae 0/1

Brachypodieae 0/1

Bromeae 1/20

‘Centosteceae 0/0

Chlorideae 14/5

Danthonieae 40/2

Ehrharteae 0/4

Eragostideae 45/15

Garnotieae 0/0

Isachneae 1/0

Leptureae 0/0

Maydeae 1/1

Melinideae | 0/2

Micraireae 0/0

Monermeae 0/4

Nardeae 0/0

Oryzeae 2/1

Paniceae 91/60

Pappophoreae 9/0

Phalarideae 6/9

Phareae 0/0

Poeae 34/31

Spartineae 0/0

Sporoboleae 9/2

Stipeae 24/5

Triticeae 4/11

Zoysieae 3/0

TOTAL 418/218 229/153

Vic.

41/15

10/1

3/0

1/1

0/0

5/20

0/0

0/1

1/13

0/0

5/2

33/3

0/4

17/4

0/0

1/0

0/0

0/1

0/0

0/4

0/0

0/1

25/25

2/0

8/7

0/0

37/32

0/2

4/]

30/3

3/13

3/0

Tas.

34/14

4/0

0/0

1/2

0/0

4/16

6/0

0/2

1/9

0/0

1/0

23/1

0/2

2/2

0/0

0/2

0/1

0/0

5/14

0/0

1i/7

0/0

18/29

6/2

1/1

11/2

3/12

2/0

N.T.

1/0

84/4

31/0

2/0

0/1

1/0

0/0

0/1

0/0

19/5

44/0

0/0

90/6

0/0

5/0

2/0

0/1

7/0

0/0

3/1

97/20

15/0

0/0

0/2

0/0

9/0

3/0

0/2

2/0

121/118 419/43

S.A.

17/12

16/2

9/0

2/2

0/0

3/12

0/0

0/1

1/7

0/0

10/2

27/4

0/4

35/7

0/0

1/0

0/0

0/4

0/0

37/20

8/0

2/5

0/0

17/27

0/1

1/1

36/1

1/8

3/0

232/120 373/168 610/169

W.A.

14/15

56/9

15/0

2/2

1/0

1/18

0/0

0/1

1/7

0/0

16/4

49/4

0/7

78/4

0/0

3/0

0/2

0/0

0/2

0/0

1/1

73/46

10/0

2/8

0/0

12/27

0/0

6/2

30/1

1/8

2/0

Qld.

16/7

112/14

61/0

2/1

4/0

2/9

2/0

0/0

1/7

3/0

26/7

43/0

0/2

103/14

1/0

4/0

3/0

0/2

1/0

0/0

3/1

163/68

17/0

3/7

1/0

6/20

0/0

15/3

8/0

3/7

4/0

Australia

76/21

129/18

66/0

2/3

4/0

8/27

3/1

0/2

1/23

3/0

30/10

107/5

0/8

157/13

1/0

5/0

4/0

3/1

0/2

8/0

0/5

0/1

4/2

188/85

20/0

15/10

1/0

55/45

0/3

16/5

62/5

4/20

4/0

976/315

TABLE 11: Percentage representation in each State and Australia of the entities (grouped according to

tribe), expressed as a percentage of the total for the state or country. (Figures shown as native

entities/ naturalized exotic entities).

Agrostideae

Andropogoneae

Aristideae

Arundineae

Arundinelleae

Aveneae

Bambuseae

Brachypodieae

Bromeae

Centosteceae

Chlorideae

Danthonieae

Ehrharteae

Eragrostideae

Garnotieae

Isachneae

Leptureae

Maydeae

Melinideae

Micraireae

Monermeae

Nardeae

Oryzeae

Paniceae

Pappophoreae

Phalarideae

Phareae

Poeae

Spartineae

Sporoboleae

Stipeae

Triticeae

Zoysieae

Total

N.S.W.

14.1/6.0

8.6/4.6

7.4/0

0.2/0.9

0.2/0

1.4/8.7

0/0.5

0.2/9.2

0/0

3.3/2.3

. 9.6/0.9

0/18

10.8/6.9

0/0

0.2/0

0/0

0.2/0.5

0/0.9

0/0

0/1.8

0/0

0.5/0.5

21.8/27.5

2.2/0

1.4/4.1

0/0

8.1/14.2

0/0

2.2/0.9

5.7/2.3

1.0/5.0

0.7/0

100/100

Vic.

17.9/9.8

4.4/0.7

1.3/0

0.4/0.7

0/0

2.2/13.1

0/0

0/0.7

0.4/8.5

0/0

2.2/1.3

14.4/2.0

0/2.6

7.4/2.6

0/0

0.4/0

0/0

0/0.7

0/0

0/2.6

0/0

0/0.7

10.9/16.3

0.9/0

3.5/4.6

0/0

16.2/20.9

0/1.3

1.7/0.7

13.1/2.0

1.3/8.5

1.3/0

100/100

Tas.

28.1/11.9

3.3/0

0/0

0.8/1.7

0/0

3.3/13.6

0/0

0/1.7

0.8/7.6

0/0

0.8/0

19.0/0.8

0/1.7

1.7/1.7

0/0

0/1.7

0/0.8

0/0

4.1/11.9

0/0

9.1/5.9

0/0

14.9/24.6

0/1.7

0.8/0.8

9.1/1.7.

2.5/10.2

1.7/0

100/100

N.T.

0.2/0

20.0/9.3

7.4/0

0.5/0

0/2.3

0.2/0

0/0

0/2.3

0/0

4.5/11.6

10.5/0

0/0

21.5/14.0

0/0

1.2/0

0.5/0

0/2.3

1.7/0

0/0

0.7/2.3

23,2/46.5

3.6/0

0/0

0/4.6

0/0

2.1/0

0.7/0

0/4.6

0.5/0

100/100

S.A.

7.2/10.0

6.9/1.7

3.9/0

0.9/1.7

0/0

1.3/10.0

0/0

0/0.8

0.4/5.8

0/0

4.3/1.7

11.6/3.3

0/3

14.7/5.8

0/0

0.4/0

0/0

0/>.3

0/0

15,9/16.7

3.5/0

0.9/4.2

0/0

7.3/22.5

0/0.8

3.0/0.8

15.5/0.8

0.4/6.7

1.3/0

100/100

W.A.

3.8/8.9

15.0/5.4

4.0/0

0.5/1.2

0.3/0

0.3/10.7

0/0

0/0.6

0.3/4.2

0/0

4.3/2.4

13.1/2.4

0/4.2

20.9/2.4

0/0

0.8/0

0/1.2

0/0

0/1.2

0/0

0.3/0.6

19.6/27.4

2.7/0

0.5/4.8

0/0

3.2/16.1

0/0

1.6/1.2

8.0/0.6

0.3/4.8

0.5/0

100/100

Qld.

2.6/4.1

18.4/8.3

10.0/0

0.3/0.6

0.7/0

0.3/5.3

0.3/0

0/0

0.2/4.1

0.5/0

4.3/4.1

7.1/0

0/1.2

16.9/8.3

9.2/0

0.7/0

0.5/0

0.5/0.3

0/1.2

0.2/0

0/0

0.5/0.6

26.7/40,2

2.8/0

0.5/4.1

0.2/0

1.0/11.8

0/0

2.5/1.8

1.6/0

0.5/4.1

0.7/0

100/100

Australia

7.8/6.7

13.2/5.7

6.8/0

0.2/1.0

0.4/0

0.8/8.6

0.3/0.3

0/0.6

0.1/7.3

0.3/0

3.1/3.2

11.0/1.6

0/2.5

16.1/4.1

0.1/0

0.5/0

0.4/0

0.3/0.3

0/0.6

0.8/0

0/1.6

0/0.3

0.4/0.6

19.3/27.0

2.1/0

1.5/3.2

0.1/0

5.6/14.3

0/1.0

1.6/1.6

6.4/1.6

0.4/6.3

0.4/0

100/100

364

In each of the diagrams the taxonomic groupings are placed in the same order

Starting at a line running due east from the centre of the circle and proceeding seg-

mentally in an anti-clockwise direction in the sequence pooid, andropogonoid,

panicoid (strictly eu-panicoid), aristidoid, chloridoid, arundinoid, bambusoid,

oryzoid, centostecoid, danthonioid, stipoid, residue. The native and exotic floras will

be discussed separately. Within the native floras the pooids, danthonioids and stipoids

can be said to represent the temperate element of the flora, and the andropogonoids

to centostecoids the tropical element. As would be expected the temperate element

becomes better represented the more temperate climate of the state becomes, result-

ing in a high of almost 85 percent for Tasmania to a low of 11.4 percent for the North-

ern Territory. Even the latter figure appears too high for a state almost wholly within

the tropics but this is due to a placing of Eriachhe amongst the danthonioids whereas

the morphology and phytogeography of this genus suggest its affinities probably lie

outside the Danthonieae. The significant temperate representation for Western

Austra‘ia is due to the south-west corner flora, and for Queensland the flora of por-

tion o the MacPherson-Macleay overlap (Burbidge, 1960).

TABLE 12: Numbers of entities in each state and Australia grouped according to the taxonomic groupings

in Table 14

(Figures shown as native entities/naturalized exotic entities).

NS.W. Vic. Tas. N.T, S.A. W.A. Qld. Australia

Pooid 110/108 95/105 71/91 1/6 41/76 31/86 31/57 = 159/153

Andropogonoid 37/11 10/1 4/0 86/4 16/2 59/9 115/14 =: 132/19

Panicoid 92/62 26/26 5/14 102/21 38/20 73/48 167/70 9192/87

Aristidoid 31/0 3/0 0/0 31/6 9/0 15/0 61/0 66/0

Chloridoid “H22 ~~ 31/9 6/5 137/11 63/11 112/10 168/24 231/31

Arundinoid 2/2 i/t 1/2 4/0 2/2 3/2 7/1 8/3

Bambusoid 0/1 0/0 0/0 1/0 0/0 0/0 3/0 4/1

Oryzoid 2/1 0/1 0/0 3/1 0/0 1/1 3/1 4/2

Centostecoid 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 3/0 3/0

Danthonioid 40/2 33/3 23/1 44/0 27/4 49/4 43/0 107/5

Stipoid 24/5 30/3 11/2 3/0 36/1 30/1 8/0 62/5

Residue 0/4 0/4 0/3 7/0 0/4 0/7 1/2 8/9

Total 418/218 229/153 121/118 419/43 232/120 373/168 610/169 976/315

TABLE 13: Percentage representation in each state of the entities (grouped according to the taxonomic

groupings in Table 14), expressed as a percentage of the total for the state or country.

(Figures shown as entities/native/ naturalized exotic entities).

NS.W.

Vic. Tas. N.T. S.A. W.A. Qld. Australia

Pooid 26.3/49.5 41.5/68.6 58.7/77.1 0.2/14.0 17.7/63.3 8.3/51.2 5.1/33.7 16.3/47.4

Andropogonoid 8.9/5.1 4.4/0.7 3.3/0 205/93 6.9/1.7 15,8/5.4 18.9/8.3 13.5/5.9

Panicoid 22.0/28.4 11.4/17.0 4.2/11.9 24.3/48.9 16.4/16.7 19.6/28.6 27.4/41.4 19.7/26.9

Aristidoid 7.4/0 1.3/0 0/0 7.4/0 3.9/0 40/0 10.0/0 6.8/0

Chioridoid 19.1/10.1 13.5/5.9 5.0/4.2 32.7/25.6 27.2/9.2 30.0/5.9 27.6/14.2 23.7/12.1

Arundinoid 0.5/0.9 0.4/0.7 0.8/1.7 = 1.0/0 0.9/1.7 0.8/1.2 1.1/0.6 0.8/0.9

Bambusoid 0/0.5 0/0 0/0 0.2/0 0/0 0/0 0.5/0 0.4/0.3

Oryzoid 0.5/0.5 0/0.7 0/0 0.7/2.3 0/0 0.3/0.6 0.5/0.6 0.4/0.6

Centostecoid 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 0.5/0 0.3/0

Danthonioid 9.6/0.9 14.4/2.0 16.6/0.8 10.5/0 11.6/3.3 13.1/2.4 7.0/0 11.0/1.5

Stipoid 5.7/2.3 13.1/2.0 9.1/1.7 0.7/0 15.5/0.8 8.0/0.6 1.3/0 6.4/1.5

Residue 0/1.8 0/2.6 0/2.5 1.7/6 0/3.3 0/4.2 0.2/1.2 0.8/2.8

TOTAL 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/100

365

The tropical element will be discussed mainly with reference to the major

groups, namely andropogonoids, panicoids, aristidoids and chloridoids. The

andropogonoids have their best percentage representation in Northern Territory

(20.5 percent), Queensland (18.9 percent) and Western Australia (15.8 percent);

these include areas with a monsoon climate (high summer rain, no winter rain), and

the first two, having a greater proportion of their territory influenced by a monsoon

climate, have the higher figures. These observations concur with those previously

stated for species distribution (Hartley, 1958a). The panicoids are best represented in

Queensland (27.4 percent), the Northern Territor 604.3 percent), New South Wales

(22.0 percent), Western Australia (19.6 percent), and South Australia (16.4 per-

cent). According to Hartley (1958b) this group is best represented at species level in

regions of high winter temperatures and high annual rainfall and generally speaking

this applies to most of the areas considered. The chloridoids have their best represen-

tation in the Northern Territory (32.7 percent), Western Australia (30.0 percent),

Queensland (27.6 percent), South Australia (27.2 percent) and New South Wales

(19.1 percent) while the aristidoids, which are sometimes linked together with the

chloridoids, are best represented in the same states, although in a different order —

Queensland (10 percent), Northern Territory (7.4 percent), New South Wales (7.4

percent), Western Australia (4.0 percent), and South Australia (3.9 percent). The

distribution of these groups agrees largely with the contention (Hartley and Slater.

1960) that they occur in areas of high aridity, high winter temperatures and summer

or non-seasonal rainfall. The Eremean zone, where the chloridoids and aristidoids

mainly occur, rates well in all these attributes. The much higher figure for the

aristidoids for Queensland than for other states indicates possibly that more species of

Aristida (the only aristidoid genus) are represented in less arid areas than representa-

tives of the chloridoids in general. The occurrence of certain moisture preferring

species of Aristida has been shown to exist in South Africa (De Winter, 1965).

When the taxonomic breakup of the exotic flora is examined it is seen that the

pooids account for by far the majority of the entities in the temperate states and are

even fairly well represented in the tropical states. This results from the high propor-

tion of introductions from Europe since settlement. The panicoids and chloridoids are

TABLE 14: Taxonomic Groupings of Australian Grasses.

Pooid Agrostideae Aveneae Brachypodieae Bromeae Monermeae

Phalarideae Poeae Triticeae

Andropogonoid Andropogoneae Maydeae

Panicoid Isachmeae Melinideae Paniceae

Aristidoid Aristideae

Chloridoid Chlorideae Eragrostideae Leptureae Pappophoreae Spartineae

Sporoboleae Zoysieae

Arundinoid Arundineae Arundinelleae Garnotteae

Bambusoid Bambuseae Phareae .

Oryzoid Oryzeae

Centostecoid Centosteceae |

Danthonioid Danthonieae

Stipoid Stipeae

Residue Ehrharteae Micraireae Nardeae

These groups are basically those of Clifford and Watson (1977) with the following exceptions.

1. Chionoachne (Maydeae) is assigned to the andropogonoids from the (eu-) panicoids. 2. Notechioe,

Plagiochloa (Desmaziera), and Spartochioa (Poeae), Microlaena and Tetrarrhena (Phalarideae) are assigned to

the pooids from the danthonioids and residue respectively.-3. Plecrracnne and Triodia (Eragrostideae) are

assigned to the chloridoids from the danthonioids, 4. Amphipogon, Diplopogon, Elytrophorus (Danthonieae)

are assigned to the danthonioids from the aristidoids, residue and chloridoids respectively. 5. Cortaderia

(Arundineae) is assigned to the arundinoids from the danthonioids.

366

better represented the more tropical the state. Other groupings represented in the

states are shown in Figs. 20 to 22.

The genera in Australia with the largest number of entities are listed in order of

numerical importance in Table 15, with figures in brackets representing the number

of naturalized exotics. If the exotics are taken out the relative positions of some

genera are changed somewhat and only 42 of the 56 genera in Table 15 would have 5

or more entities.

TABLE 15: Synopsis of genera with 5 or more entities listed in order of numerical importance.

(Naturalized exotics in brackets)

Eragrostis 71 13) Bothridchloa 10 (2)

Aristida 64 Cenchrus 10 (8)

Stipa 63 (3) Cymbopogon 9

Eriachne 46 Ischaemum 9

Panicum 46 (14) Echinopogon 9

Poa 45 (7) Agropyron 9 (7)

Triodia 44 Lolium 9 (9)

Danthonia 38 (1) Phalaris 9 (9)

Digitaria 38 (8) Enteropogon 8

Deyeuxia 37 Micraira 8

Agrostis 28 (5) Ehrharta 8 (8)

Brachiaria 26 (7) Hordeum 8 (8)

Bromus 24 (23) Amphibromus 7

Paspalidium 23 Schizachyrium 7

Sorghum 21 (7) Tetrarrhena 7

Enneapogon 20 Thaumastochloa 7

Sporobolus 20 (4) Leptochloa 7 @)

Ectrosia 18 Avena 7 (7)

Iseilema 18 Chrysopogon 6

Setaria 18 (10) Eriochloa 6

Plectrachne 16 Heterachne 6

Echinochloa 15 (8) Cynodon 6 (3)

Paspalum 15 (10) Urochloa 6 (6)

Festuca 14 (5) Brachyachne 5

Amphipogon 13 Oplismenus 5

Chioris 12 (5) Hyparrhenia 5 -Q)

Pennisetum 12 (9) Aira 5 (5)

Dichanthium 10 (1) Vulpia 5 (5)

The tribes with more than one percent of the total number of entities are listed in

order of numerical importance in Table 16. The number of genera in these tribes is

also shown in the table, but follows no rigid sequence as tribe position is chosen by

the numerical order of the entities. The Paniceae is by far the largest tribe with 21 per-

cent of the total followed by the Eragrostideae and the Andropogoneae with 13.8 per-

cent and 11.3 percent respectively. These three tribes comprise just under half (46.1

percent) of the total. If the tribes are arranged in the order of number of genera the

sequence is altered significantly with the Eragrostideae falling from second to fourth

place and the Poeae elevated from fifth to third place. The Eragrostideae in fact drop

their percentage representation of the total by approximately a half, and this is due to

their genera being on average larger ‘than those of the Paniceae and the

Andropogoneae. In the Aristideae the figure is 90 percent smaller due to there being

only one genus Aristida with a large number of species.

Table 17 shows the proportion of native entities to naturalized exotic entities for

those tribes with more than one percent of the total number of entities. The tribes are

listed in order of the numerical importance of native entities. The sequence of tribes

367

considering only natives is similar to the sequence of tribes when natives and exotics

are considered together (Table 16) for the first four tribes but the sequence after that

differs somewhat. The Poeae fall from fifth to eighth position because of the high

number of naturalized entities. Three tribes — the Aristideae, the Pappophoreae and

the Micraireae are represented only by native entities and four others — the

Eragrostideae, the Andropogoneae, the Danthonieae and the Stipeae have more than

85 percent of their totals represented by natives. In conrast, three tribes (Aveneae —

78.4 percent, Triticeae — 83.3 percent, Bromeae — 96 percent) are represented by

high proportions of exotic entities.

TABLE 16: Synopsis of the tribes whose entities, both native and naturalized exotic, comprise more than

1 percent of the total! number, listed in order of numerical importance, together with the

number of genera in each tribe.

TRIBE NO. OF PERCENT NO. OF PERCENT

ENTITIES ENTITIES GENERA GENERA

Paniceae 272 21.0 4\ 19,5

Eragrostideae 175 13.5 15 71

Andropogoneae 147 11.3 37 17.6

Danthonieae 112 8.6 13 6.2

Poeae 100 17 17 8.1

Agrostideae 98 75 14 6.7

Stipeae 66 5.1 4 1.9

Aristideae 64 49 l 0.5

Chlorideae 40 3.1 9 43

Aveneae 37 2.9 12 5.7

Phalarideae 25 1.9 5 2.4

Triticeae 24 1.8 5 2.4

Bromeae 24 1.8 l 0,5

Sporoboleae 21 1.6 2 1.0

Pappophoreae 20 1,5 ] 0.5

TABLE 17: Synopsis of the tribes with more than | percent of the total number of entities showing the

proportion of native and naturalized exotic entities within each tribe, the tribes listed in order

of numerical importance of the native entities.

TRIBE NO. OF PERCENT NO. OF PERCENT OF

NATIVE NATIVE NATURALIZED NATURALIZED

ENTITIES ENTITIES EXOTIC EXOTIC

ENTITIES ENTITIES

Paniceae 187 68.8 85 31.2

Eragrostideae 154 88.0 21 12.0

Andropogoneae 130 88.4 17 11.6

Danthonieae 107 95.5 5 4.5

Agrostideae 76 77.6 22 22.4

Aristideae 64 100.0 0 0.0

Stipeae 61 92.4 5 7.6

Poeae 55 55.0 45 45.0

Chlorideae 30 75.0 10 25.0

Pappophoreae 20 100.0 0 0.0

Sporoboleae 16 76.2 5 23.8

Phalarideae 15 60.0 10 40.0

Aveneae ~ 8 21.6 29 78.4

Micraireae 8 100.0 0 0.0

Triticeae 4 16.7 20 83.3

Bromeae 1 4.0 23 96.0

368

Records are being constantly added to and corrections made to the Australian

check-list and since publication a few pages of addenda and corrigenda have accumu-

lated. However, the figures given in this analysis strictly pertain to the contents of the

list as published and as such they are, following the check-list, of a preliminary nature

and will be updated when the taxonomy has been more thoroughly researched.

Acknowledgments

T extend my grateful thanks to Dr. R.W. Johnson, Director, Botany Branch, for

his ever ready assistance in formulating FORTRAN programmes used in the analysis

of data. I am also most grateful to Mr. K.M. Rosenthal of Development Planning

Branch for FORTRAN assistance given in the compilation of Figs 20 to 22.

References

Bureipce, N.T. (1960). The phytogeography of the Australian region. Aust. J, Bot, 8: 75-212.

CLIFFORD, H.T. & SIMON, B.K. (1981). The PiGheG pra nay of Australian grasses. pp 537-554, in Keast, A.

(Ed.), Biogeography and Ecology in Australia. W. Junk, The Hague.

CLIFFORD, HT. & WATSON, L. (1977). Identifying Grasses. Brisbane : University Press.

CZEKANOWSKI, J. (1913). ‘Zarys Metod Statystyeznck.’ E. Wendego, Warsaw; see also on cient of racial

likeness’ and ‘Durchschnittliche Differenz.’ Anthropol, ANZ. 9: 227-249 (1932),

De Winter, B. (1965). The South African Stipeae and Aristideae. Bothatia. 8 : 201 -404.

HARTLEY, W, (1958a). Studies on the origin, evolution, and distribution of the Gramineae. I. The tribe

Andropogoneae. Aust, /, Bot. 6: -128.

Harty, W. (1958b). Studies on the origin, evolution, and distribution of the Gramineae. II. The tribe

Paniceae. Aust. /. Bot. 6 : 343-357.

HarTLey, W. & SLATER, C. (1960). Studies on the origin, evolution, and distribution of the Gramineae. II],

The tribes of the sub-family Eragrostoideae. Aust. /. Bot. 8 : 256-276.

HupparD, C.E, (1973). Gramineae in Willis, J.C., revised Airy Shaw, H.K., A Dictionary of the Flowering

Plants and Ferns, 8th Edition. Cambridge University Press.

PAseROn C.F. (1955). Ancient Australia. Melbourne : Angus and Robertson.

Pitcer, R. (1954). Das system der Gramineae. Bor. Jair. 76: 281-384.

PRAT, H. (1960). Vers une classification naturelle des Graminées, Bull Hs Bot. Fr., 107: 32-79.

Ross, J.H. (1976). An analysis of the flora of Victoria. Muefferia. 3: 169-176

Simon, B.K. (1978). A preliminary check-list of Australian grasses. Botany Branch, Queensland Depart-

ment of Primary Industries, Technical Bulletin 3.

WILLIAMS, C.B. (1964). Patterns in the balance of Nature. London : Academic Press.

369

Pooid

Panicoid

Andropogonocid

eee ees

Sane Danthonioid

. iG ~—Oryzoid

Danthonioid

Aristidoid — Chloridoid Bambusoid

“Arundinoid

Chloridoid

“hl oryzeid

' “Arundinoid

NOWANETIVE NSHHEX@T IC

Parsi.coid

Stipoid

Danthoniocid

: oryzoid

sf ha es panthonioid © “™ Arundinoid

Aristidoid Panicoid

Andropogonoid

Arundinoid

VIE-NATIVE VIC-EX@TIC

yc Petpet

ar,

Danthonioid Se

—— Danthonicid

Arundinoid

Arundi noid

THRE TAS-EXOTIC

Figure 20. Proportional representation of native and naturalized exotic taxonomic groupings of grasses for

New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania.

370

Andropogoncid

Aristidoid

Chloridoid

Oryzoid

Bambusoid

Arundinoid

NT -NATIVE NT -EXBTIC

Chloridoid — Stipoid

—

Panicojd 4rundinoid

Andropogonoid

Danthonoid

Arundinoid

SA -NATIVE SA -EXBTIC

; Andropogonoid

Panicoid pod

Aristidoid

; Andropogoncid

Chloridoia

tipoid

a -Danthonioid

Danthonioid —Arundinoid

‘ Ooryzoid

Arundinoid

KB ATIVE KA -D@TIC

Figure 21. Proportional representation of native and naturalized exotic taxonomic groupings of grasses for

Northern Territory, South Australia and Western Australia.

37]

Panicoid

- thy, _-Residue

Panicoid oryzoid

Aristidoid Arundinoid

Chloridcid

Chloridoid

Arundinoid

OLO-NATIVE QD-Peric

Andropogonoid

Panicoid

Andropogonoid

Aristidoid

Panicoid Danthonioid

Chioridoid Chloridoid Oryzoid

Bambusoid

AYrundinoid

Centostecoid

AUS-NAT IVE Arundinoid ALS-EXBTIC

Figure 22, Proportional representation of native and naturalized exotic taxonomic groupings of grasses for

Queensland and Australia.

372

Austrobaileya | (4): 372-375 (1981)

NOTES ON THE GENUS HOMORANTHUS (MYRTACEAE)

IN AUSTRALIA

By N.B. Byrnes

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Summary

Three new species of Homorantius, H. papillatus, H. decasetus and H. tropicus are described and a key

to the species in the genus is given. Notes on the salient characteristics of the genus and each species with

some notes on distribution are included.

The genus Homoranthus is not a clearly defined natural group but is more a

genus of convenience intermediate between Darwinia and Verticordia. This was first

discussed by Bentham (1869) when in the section on Homoranthus.in his notes on

Myrtaceae he stated “‘Its retention may, however, be justified as facilitating the dis-

tinction between Darwinia and Verticordia.”’

Cheel (1922) discussed the status of Darwinia, Homoranthus, Rylstonea and Ver-

ticordia giving the history of the origin of each of the genera and morphology of the

groups. As a result of this study he united the genus Rylstonea with Homoranthus and

transferred two species of Verticordia (V. darwinioides and V. wilhelmii) to

Homoranthus. This transfer of species enabled a more natural separation of Verticordia

from Darwinia and Homoranthus based on calyx shape.

Since Cheel’s paper no one has advanced a more precise segregation of the

genera. Chromosome numbers for three species of Homoranthus are given as n = 9

by Smith- White (1954) in a paper which included the same haploid number for some

species of Verticordia and Darwinia.

Two of the three species described here under Homoranthus are additional exam-

ples in the continuum between Darwinia and Verticordia particularly in respect of the

appendages of the calyx lobes.

With the study of additional species to be referred to Homoranthus in this paper,

the characters found most useful for separating the genera are given in the following

key.

Calyx tube hemispherical, lobes deeply divided into subulate, plumose or ciliate processes. ... Verticordia

Calyx tube cylindrical or urceolate, each lobe with a single subulate process or digitately divided into 2— 10

$US SES ost cxcin ay ssceyn Pasciegeiars rues Plzioeedullld ety toiny dvticde i baivhed gia Renereab aude unsvadlpn nrrasteicgeatinets bid eiacbvylhnghetsprpiPabiaou deel Homoranthis

Calyx tube cylindrical, lobes broad, entire or shortly ciliate... hs ACR irtien eee a wae. Darwinia

Homoranthus Cunn. ex Schau.

Shrubs erect or spreading. Leaves opposite, shortly petiolate or almost sessile,

linear, triangular or terete, usually laterally compressed. Inflorescences various.

Bracts usually similar to leaves but commonly smaller, sometimes scale-like. Brac-

teoles 2, concave, sometimes with a keel ending in a short point. Floral tube cylindri-

cal or urceolate, the lower part adnate to the ovary and with 5 distinct longitudinal

ridges, upper part free, thin, usually smooth, persistent. Calyx lobes 5, with 1—10

elongated processes on each lobe. Petals 5, entire. Stamens 10; filaments linear;

anthers globular, dehiscing by pores. Staminodes 10, alternating with stamens. Style

exceeding the perianth, bearing a ring of hairs below the apex. Ovary unilocular with

2—10 ovules borne on a basal placenta.

373

Type species. H. virgatus Cunn. ex Schau. Bentham in effect nominated this as

ne ape species when he reduced the genus to a single species in Fl. Aust. .3:16

la Calyx with two elongated hair-like processes on each lobe... ccc ccececesseeectesceeeseees 4. H. decasetits

Ib Calyx with only one elongated hair-like process on each lODG.... ccc ecccccessccccscesseesssseesuvsceesecasetens 2

Ic Calyx with 3-10 elongated hairlike processes On each lObeG......c ce ccccccssecsessessesssessseceeetasesssersaseeeensaes 4

2a Leaves densely covered with very short trichomes.......0..0ccccccseccceesserseeecaeereeees 3, H. papillanis

2b TSS RENTS I ar BR Piste eed ey Th enny Soa aee Ren alls taster veld oateaaaed cop leap mesharnacveanersDeeuntdeq Tene yrehteanestleuan 3

3a Style exceeding petals by more than 4 mm, shrub usually spreading............ Danseivns uae 2. H. flavescens

3b Style exceeding petals by less than 3 mm, shrub erect... ccc eeecseeesesecsseerecercessnens 1. H. virgatus

4a Flowers borne in pairs on axillary peduncles... ccc cee ceceescrseeeeseee vets 5. H. darwinioides

4b Flowers borne in leafy racemes, heads or panicleS......0..0cccccccesecccsesecseessecesecssevessveareceneeseeeses 5

Sa Hair-like processes 3~6 on each calyx lobes: petals OVate.... cc cccecessescseseveeesceessereees 6. H. withelmii

Sb Hair-like processes 5—10 on each calyx lobe; petals broadly obovate or orbicular......... 7. H. tropicius

1. Homoranthus virgatus Cunn ex Schau., Myrt. Xeroc. 41 (1842).

Although Bentham (1866) combined this species with H. favescens, the two are

distinct entities and grow in different habitats. H. virgatus is an erect virgate shrub

with leaves not as conspicuously punctate as H. flavescens and the flowers have

shorter styles.

This species is usually confined in its distribution to the sandstone, sandhills or

‘“‘wallum’’ complexes along the coastal fringe from Shoalwater Bay, Queensland to

Taree, New South Wales. One collection (Hando 114) is from Gurulmundi, Darling

Downs district.

2. Homoranthus flavescens Cunn. ex Schau., Myrt. Xeroc. 40 (1842).

In habit the species occurs as a spreading glaucous shrubs rarely erect often

attaining a diameter exceeding 1 m yet being less than 40 cms high. It is found in a

variety of soils on the western slopes of the Great Dividing Range from near

Chinchilla, Queensland to the Liverpool Range in New South Wales.

3. Homoranthus papillatus N. Byrnes sp. nov. affinis H. virgato Cunn. ex Schau. et

H. flavesci Cunn. ex Schau. sed foliis papillatis differt. Typus: McDonald 1623.

Frutex compactus, ad 2 m altus. Folia opposita, petiolis brevissimis, linearia, falcata, trigona, 0.6—1.2

cm longa, ca 1 mm lata et crassa, acuta vel acuminata, glauca, punctata (plerumque obscura); epidermis

papillata. Flores solitarii in axillas superas foliorum in pedicellos 1—2 mm longos. Bracteolae alabastrum

includentes, ad 5 mm longae, scariosae, caducae. Calycis tubus 4 mm longus, | mm diam., glaber, nitidus,

laevis, manifeste 5—costatus. Calycis lobi subulati, ad 3 mm longi. Petala orbiculata, ca 1 mm diam.

Stamina 10, filamentis ca 0.5 mm longis. Staminodia 10, ca 0.5 mm longa. Stylus 6—9 mm longus.

Ovarium untloculare, placentione basilari, ovulis 8—10. Fructus siccus, flori similis, seminis ]—2 alatis.

Shrub compact to 2 m high. Leaves opposite, very shortly petiolate, linear, fal-

cate, trigonous, 0.6—1.2 cm long, about | mm wide and thick, acute or acuminate,

punctate (sometimes obscure) with a papillate epidermis. Flowers solitary in the

upper leaf axils on pedicels 1—2 mm long. Bracteoles enclosing the flower buds, to 5

mm long, scarious, caducous. Calyx tube 4 mm long, 1 mm diam, glabrous, shiny,

smooth, distinctly 5-ribbed. Calyx lobes subulate to 3 mm long. Petals orbicular,

about | mm diam. Stamens 10 with filaments about 0.5 mm long. Staminodes 10

about 0.5 mm long. Style 6—9 mm long. Ovary unilocular containing 8—10 ovules

borne ona basal placenta. Fruit dry, similar to the flower containing 1-2 winged seeds.

Queensland. DarLING Downs District: Mt Norman, Girraween National Park, Sep 1976,

McDonald 1623 (holo, BRI: iso, CANB, K, NSW, L. MEL); Nov 1944, Clemens (BRD, Oct 1959, Hender-

son (BRI), Jun 1962, Sep 1963, Dec 1970, Hockings (BRI), Oct 1970, Ryan (BRI), Nov 1971, Blake 23712

(BRI), Sep 1975, Stanley and Sharpe (BRD. .

374

Range. This species apparently has a very restricted range as all collections and

sightings of the plant have been in the Girraween National Park area.

Habitat. This plant occurs in shallow gritty soils in crevices and flat areas among

granite boulders.

Its restricted range and its similarity to H. virgatus and H. flavescens has con-

tributed to this species being overlooked till quite recently. The outer walls of the

cells of the epidermis of leaves, pedicels and branches are raised into projections of

various shapes, mostly as very short hairs. These projections are dense and can readily

be seen with the aid of a lens. These structures enable this species to be recognised

even when sterile. In addition, plants of H. papillatus are usually more compact and

glaucous than other members of the genus.

4, Homoranthus decasetus N. Byrnes sp. nov. affinis H. virgato Cunn. ex Schau. sed

tubo calyis urceolata et lobis calycis differt. Typus: Olsen and Byrnes 3546,

Frutex ad 2 m altus, Folia opposita breviter petiolata, clavata, teretia, falcata, breviter apiculata, ad 12

mm longa, ca | mm lata, punctata. Flores unici ad apicem ramulorum axillorium brevium. Bracteolae

caducae, alabastrum juvenam includentes, ad 3 mm longae, carina in acumen distinctum desinens. Tubus

calycis urceolatus, costis 5 prominentibus infra medium. Lobi calycis unusquisque 2 {raro 3) processibus

subulatis ad 4 mm longis. Petala orbicularia, ca 2 mm diam. Stamina et staminodia uterque 10,alternantia

ca 1 mm longa prope basin connata, affixa ad calycem ad basim. Stylus 14—18 mm longus. Ovarium ca 2

mm Jongum, uniloculare, placenta secunda, ovulis 8. Fructus siccus, flori simili sed leviter grandioris,

semine solitario alato.

Shrub to 2 m high. Leaves opposite, shortly petiolate, clavate, terete, falcate,

shortly apiculate, to 12 mm long, about 1 mm wide, punctate (barely visible to naked

eye). Flowers solitary at the tips of short axillary branches. Bracteoles to 3 mm long

enclosing the young flower buds and each with a keel ending in a short point,

caducous. Calyx tube urceolate, strongly 5 ribbed below the middle. Calyx lobes each

with 2 (rarely 3) subulate processes to 4 mm long. Petals orbicular, about 2 mm diam.

Stamens and staminodes 10 of each, alternating, about 1 mm long, connate below

and attached to the base of the calyx lobes. Style 14—18 mm long. Ovary about 2 mm

long, unilocular with 8 ovules on a secund placenta. Fruit dry, similar to the flower

but slightly enlarged and containing a single winged seed.

Queensland. LEICHHARDT District: Isla Gorge, May 1977, Olsen and Byrnes 3547 & 3546 (holo, BRI,

iso, CANB, NSW, Mel, K, P), Sep 1968, Everist 8037 (BRI), Apr 1971, Hockings (BRI).

Range. This species is apparently confined to Isla Gorge and its vicinity.

Habitat. The plants are found on shallow soils in areas of dissected sandstone.

The flowers of this species are distinct from those of other members of the genus

by being noticeably constricted above the middle, having two processes on each calyx

lobe and by being borne singly and erectly at the end of short branchlets. Exposure to

direct sunlight causes the flowers to change from white to red.

5, Homers Seino’ (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

922).

Verticordia darwinioides Maiden & Betche, J. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 3:17 (1898).

Rylstonea cernua R.T. Baker, J. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 3:768 (1898).

This species occurs as a slender glabrous shrub characterised by its distinctive

pendulous inflorescences, each consisting of two flowers on an axillary peduncle. The

bracteoles are more persistent in this species than those of other members of the

genus.

It has been collected on the Great Dividing Range and Central Western Slopes of

NSW between Putty and Dubbo.

375

6. Homoranthus wilhelmii (F. Muell.) Cheel, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 54:77 (1922).

Verticordia wilhelmii F. Mueil. Trans. Vic. Inst. 122 (1855).

This species occurs as a slender erect shrub with dense terminal leafy corymbs.

Each ‘calyx lobes has 3—6 (usually 5) setae. It is restricted to the area from the

southern part of Eyre Peninsula to Streaky Bay in South Australia.

7. Homoranthus tropicus N. Byrnes sp. nov. affinis H. wilhelmii (F. Muell,) Cheel

sed petalo late obovato et sepalis ferentes plus projecturas differt. Typus:

Byrnes 3359,

Frutex ad | m altus. Folia opposita, lateraliter compressa, clavata, falcata, apiculata, basi petiolo

breve angustata, 4—8 mm longa, ca 0.5 mm lata, punctata. Flores albi, axillares in pedicellos 0.5—1.5 mm

longos. Bracteolae 1—~ 1.5 mm longae, carina in acumen breve desinens, caducae. Tubus calycis ad 4 mm

longus distincte S-angulatus. Lobi calycis palmati projecturis 5—10 longis et angustis. Petala integra, late

obovata vel fere circulares; ca 2 mm longa. Stamina et staminodi 2—3 mm longa, per ultra 7/3

longitudinalis in tubum connata. Stylus ad 7 mm longus, tomentellus apicem versus. Ovarium uniloculare,

Monae basalis ovulis 8-10 ad latus unum affixa. Fructus in calyce leviter acto contentus, semine solitario

O80,

Shrub to 1 m high. Leaves opposite, laterally compressed, clavate, falcate, apicu-

late, at the base tapering into a short petiole, 4—8 mm long, about 0.5 mm wide,

punctate. Flowers white, on pedicels 0.5—1.5 mm long. Bracteoles 1—1.5 mm long,

each with a keel ending in a short point, caducous. Calyx tube to 4 mm long with five

distinct angles. Calyx lobes 3—4 mm long, palmately lobed, each with 5—10 long

narrow projections. Petals entire, broadly obovate to nearly circular about 2 mm long.

Stamens and staminodes 2—3 mm long, fused into a tube for more than 2/3 of their

length. Style to 7 mm long with minute stiff hairs below the apex. Ovary unilocular

containing 8—10 ovules borne on one side of a basal placenta. Fruit contained in the

slightly enlarged calyx, with a single spherical seed.

Queensland. Cook District: Laura sandstone area north of Laura R. near Early Man site, May

1975, Byrnes 3359 (holo, BRI; iso, CANB, K, NSW); near Laura R., Aug 1974, Byrnes 3078 (BRD; 10

miles from Laura towards Lakeland Downs, Jun 1972, Wrigley and Telford NQ 1470 (NSW): Garden Ck

(Little Laura R.), Feb 1978, Hinton 89 (BRI).

Range. This species is represented by only four collections all from sandstone

areas near Laura. Further collections are likely to be made from other sites in the

extensive sandstone formations in this area.

Habitat. This species grows in shallow sandy soils in areas near cliffs and on

eroded creek banks.

Of all the species of Homoranthus, H. tropicus has the largest number of setae on

the calyx lobes. This character associated with the broader petals are the principal

differences between this species and the closely related H. wilhelmii.

H.. tropicus is not common in the area from where collections have been made.

References

Baker, R.T. (1898) Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 23:768.

BENTHAM, G. (1866) FI, Aust. 3:15.

BENTHAM, G. (1869) J. Linn. Soc. (Bot.) 10:129.

BLACK, J. M. (1952) FI. Sth. Aust. 663.

CHEEL, E. (1922) J. Proc. Royal Soc. N.S.W. 54:62.

MAIDEN, J.H. & Bercue, E. (1899) Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 24:645,

SMITH- WHITE, S. (1954) Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 79:21.

SCHAUER, J.C. (1842) Mono. Myrt. Xeroc, (191) 39.

376

Austrobaileya 1 (4): 376-379 (1981)

NOTES ON LEGUMINOSAE. II.

By L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Summary

Abarema sapindoides (Cunn. ex Sweet) Kosterm. is: an illegitimate name. Its correct name is

Pithecellobaum priuinosum Cunn. ex Benth. The species of Pithecellobaim that occur in Queensland are

enumerated.

The number of ovules does not clearly distinguish A tplosia Wight & Arn. from Rhynchosia Lour.

The two genera are redefined in terms of presence or absence of a rim-aril and of a septate pod. Nomismia

Wight & Arn. is recognised to include species not referrable to the other two genera. The combination

Nomismia rhomboidea based on Rhynchosia rhomboidea F. Muell. ex Benth. is made.

Mirbelia viminalis (Cunn. ex Benth.) C.A. Gardner is recorded from Queensland.

MIMOSOIDEAE

PITHECELLOBIUM MART.

‘In recent years many authors (for example, Beadle et a/, (1972), Beadle (1976) )

have followed Kostermans (1954) in referring Australian species previously referred

to Pithecellobitum to Abarema Pittier. While examining these species for the forthcom-

ing ‘“Handbook to the Flora of South-eastern Queensland”’ | found that there were

unsolved taxonomic and nomenclatural problems, particularly in Pithecellobium

prutnosum.

Abarema sapindoides (Cunn. ex Sweet) Kosterm., a name in general use, is based

on Acacia sapindoides Cunn. ex Sweet which is a name without description and

therefore invalid. The first validly published name for the species seems to be

Pithecellobium pruinosum Benth., which has never been correctly transferred to

Abarema. In the light of recent taxonomic work such a transfer is not now warranted.

Nielsen (1979) critically examined generic limits of the Asian Ingeae. The genera

he recognized are broader than those recognized by Kostermans (op. cit.) but nar-

rower than those of Bentham (1875). He stated that he ‘‘followed an intermediate

course in referring the Asian-Malesian Ingeae with opposite leaflets, uniform

flowers, seeds without aril and pleurogram to the genus Archidendron whereas the

Ingeae with opposite leaflets, flowers in heads, heteromorphic flowers...., seeds

without aril but with pleurogram are referred to the genus A /bizia’’. As Abarema tra-

pezifolia (Vahl) Pittier, the lectotype of Abarema (Cowan 1959), has dimorphic

flowers, Nielsen considered that Old World species of Pithecellobitim referred to

Abarema by Kostermans had been wrongly placed. Most of them will have to be

transferred to Archidendron.

Pithecellobjum pruinosum Benth. has however some unusual features. Its leaflets

are alternately arranged along the rhachilla and at the base of each there is a small but

conspicuous gland. Its seeds have a pleurogram. The latter character would exclude it

from Archidendron as Nielsen defined it but he (in litt. 1979) stated: ‘‘Pithecellobium

pruinosum is causing ... some trouble.... . But it will probably go to Archidendron’”’.

It would be inappropriate to describe new taxa or to make new combinations

until Nielsen’s work is finished. The following species occurring in south-eastern

Queensland are therefore retained in Pithecellobium.

377

Pithecellobium grandiflorum Sol. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:424 (1864).

P. tozeri F. Muell., Fragm. Phytog. Aust. 5:10 (1865).

Albizia tozeri (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Trimen J. Bot. 10:10 (1872).

Abarema grandiflora (Sol. ex Benth.) Kosterm., Organiz. Scient. Res. Indonesia

Bull. 20:34 (1954).

Pithecellobium hendersonii F. Muell., Fragm. Phytog. Aust. 5:191 (1866).

Albizia hendersonii (F. Muell.) F. Muell., Trimen J. Bot. 10:10 (1872).

ean (F, Muell.) Kosterm., Organiz. Scient. Res. Indonesia Bull.

; 4).

Pithecellobium lovelliae F.M. Bailey, Qd Dept. Ag. Bot. Bull. 8:74 (1893).

Abarema lovelliae (F.M. Bailey) Kosterm., Organiz. Scient. Res. Indonesia Bull.

20:35 (1954).

Pithecellobium muelleranum (Maiden & R.T. Baker) Maiden & Betche, Census

N.S.W. Plants 89 (1916).

(eon) muellerana Maiden & R.T. Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10 (2nd ser.) :585

Abarema muellerana (Maiden & R.T. Baker) Kosterm., Adansonia 6:369 (1966).

Maiden & Baker accepted Mueller’s broad concept of Albizia and described P.

muelleranum as an Albizia. Maiden & Betche appear to have been the first to refer the

species to Pithecellobium.

Pithecellobium pruinosum Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 3:211 (1844).

Acacia sapindoides Cunn. ex Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed 3. 198 (1839), nomen.

Pithecellobium sapindoides Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:276 (1926).

Abarema sapindoides Kosterm., Organiz. Scient. Res. Indonesia Bull. 20:38 (1954).

Abarema pruinosa K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants of Queensland (1979) nom.

invalidum.

Williams who was aware of the problems associated with P. pruinosum was

advised to use the name Abarema pruinosa in anticipation of the combination being

made. Nielsen’s work has made the combination unnecessary, but his results were

published too late for Williams to alter the name.

PAPILIONOIDEAE

ATYLOSIA WIGHT & ARN.

While revising species of Alosia in Australia (Reynolds & Pedley 1980) it

became evident that limits of the genera of the tribe Cajaneae (Hutchinson 1964)

were not well defined. The problem ts not restricted to Australia, but a solution

applicable to Australia taxa only was sought. Its application to a wider geographic area

will have to be tested by workers on the Asian and African floras.

Atylosia, a genus of about 35 species (Hutchinson op. cit.) is usually dis-

tinguished in keys from the more widely ranging and larger genus Rfynchosia Lour.

(ca 200 species, Gillett et a/, 1971) by the number of ovules: Rhynchosia 2 (rarely 1),

Atylosia 4 or more (Bentham & Hooker 1865, Merrill 1910, Hutchinson op. cit.,

Gillett ef ai, op. cit.). Hutchinson placed Atpylosia under “‘ovules 4 or more” in his key

but he described it as having 3-many ovules. Bentham (1864) recognised the close

affinity of the two genera as can be seen by his notes to Atylosia marmorata Benth., A.

scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. and Rhynchosia acutifolia F. Muell. ex Benth.

Though there is difficulty in separating some Australian species of Rhynchosia

from species of Atylosia, R. volubilis Lour. (the type species) and A. trinervia (DC.)

378

Gamble (A. candollei Wight & Arn., the lectotype species) do appear to belong to

different genera. The number of ovules is an unsatisfactory character for distinguish-

ing the genera, but attributes of pods and seeds seem to provide more satisfactory dis-

tinctions. If characters of pods and seeds are used to distinguish the genera then the

taxonomy of Wight and Arnott proves to be reasonably acceptable and the names of

only a few species will be affected.

The genera can be redefined as follows:

Rhynchosia Lour, Type species: R. volsbilis Lour.

Ovules (1—)2; pods (1—)2-seeded without a partition between the seeds,

valves without distinct transverse reticulate veins; seeds without a distinct fleshy rim

aril.

Atylosia Wight & Arn. Lectotype species: A. trinervia (DC.) Gamble

Ovules 2—many; pods 2—many-seeded with distinct partitions between the

seeds, and valves with transverse or oblique lines, but not reticulate veins; seeds with

a fleshy rim aril.

When A plosia is defined in this way then Rhynchosia subgenus Phyllomata Wight

& Arn. and Rhynchosia subgenus Ptychocentrum Wight & Arn., both with only a few

species, must be referred to Atylosia.

A few species have seeds with thick rim-arils but their pods do not have septa

between the seeds. In characters of seeds and pods they are somewhat intermediate

between Atylosia and Rhynchosia. Their pods, unlike those of Atylosiaand Rhynchosia,

are strongly transversely veined and they may be referred to Nomismia Wight & Arn.

Nomismia Wight & Arn. Lectotype species: N. nummularia Wight & Arn.

Ovules |—2:; pods compressed, + orbicular, 1—2-seeded strongly transversely

veined; seeds with a large fleshy rim aril.

Though the pods of Atvlosia platycarpa has pods described as transversely reticu-

late they are distinctly depressed between the seeds and it and other species of

Atylosia section Rhynchosioides should remain in Atylosia. The position of other

species is less certain. Rhynchosia monophylla Schlecht. which was referred to

Rhynchosia section Nomismia by Gillett et a/, has a distinct rim aril but its pod is like

that of Rhynchosia rather than either Nomismia or A tylosia.

The redefinition of Atylosia and Rhynchosia results in the transfer of Rhynchosia

acutifolia F. Muell. ex Benth. to Atylosia (see Reynolds & Pedley 1981) and R. rhom-

boidea F, Muell. ex Benth. to Nomismia.

Nomismia rhomboidea (F. Muell!l. ex Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov. Based on

Rhynchosia rhomboidea F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:265 (1864). Type:

Victoria River, Oct 1855, Mueller (K, holo).

Western Australia, 22 miles [35 km] N of “Nicholson” Stn, Jui 1949, Perry 2380 (K); Ord River

Dam, 16°07’S. 128°44’E, Jun 1974, Latz 5443. Northern Territory. 16 miles 26 km] WSW of “Victoria

River Downs” Stn, Jun 1949, Perry 2103 (BRI, K).

Rhynchosia rostrata Benth. has the aspect of Atylosia cinerea but I have seen only

the type (K) which lacks pods. Its position is therefore doubtful.

The solution to the problem of generic limits presented here is acceptable when

Australian species are considered by may not be applicable throughout the ranges of

Atylosia, Rhynchosia and Nomismia. Atylosia, Cajanus, Dunbaria and Rhynchosia are

closely interrelated and further studies in the tribe are called for. For this reason I

have not made any formal transfers of non-Australian taxa.

3719

MIRBELIA SMITH

Mirbelia viminalis (Cunn. ex Benth.) C.A. Gardner, Enum. Plant. Aust. Occident.

a eee on Jacksonia viminalis Cunn. ex Benth., Ann. Wien. Mus.

75 (1839), :

Oxycladium semiseptatum F. Muell., J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Miscell. 9:20 (1857).

Mirbelia oxycladum F. Muell., Fragm. Phytog. Aust. 4:12 (1863); Benth., Fl. Aust.

2:38 (1864): F.M. Bailey, Qd Flora 2:340 (1900) nom. illeg, Based on Oxycladium

semiseptatum.

BurKE District: ‘‘Barkly Downs’, May 1975, Glasgow (ICT). Mrtcuect District: Burra Range,

between Pentland and Torrens Creek, Jun 1971, Birch (ICT). SourH KENNEDY District: ‘‘ faemas”’ Stn, S.

of Cape River, 21°14’S 146°24’E, Sep 1977, Williams 77202. ‘*Mirtna’’ Stn, S. of Cape River Sep 1977, .

Jackes (ICT).

Bailey’s inclusion of Mirbelia viminalis (as M. oxyclada) in ‘“‘The Queensland

Flora” was justified though it has only recently been collected in Queensland, a con-

siderable distance from its nearest known collecting locality in the Northern Ter-

ritory. It is easily distinguished from all other Queensland species of Mirbelia as it is

the only leafless representative of the genus found in the state.

REFERENCES

BEADLE, N.C.W. (1976). Students Flora of North Eastern New South Wales. Part HI. Armidalé, N.S.W..:

University of New England.

BEADLE, N.C.W., O.D. Evans, & R.C. CaroLin (1972). Flora of the Sydney Region. Sydney: A.H. & A.W.

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, vol. 2. London: Reeve & Co, .

BENTHAM, G. (1875). Revision of the suborder Mimoseae. Trans. Linn. Soc. London 30:335-664. ae

. PERCAAN & J.D. Hooker (1867) Genera Plantarum Vol. 1. London: Reeve & Co., Williams & Norg-

COWAN, R s (1959). Leguminosae of the Western Hemisphere. Taxon 8:58-60.

GILLETT, J.B., R.M. POLHILL & B. VERDCOURT (1971). Leguminosae subfamily Papilionoideae in E. Milne-

Redhead &R.M. Polhill (ed.): Flora of Tropical East Africa. London: Crown Agents for Overseas

Governments.

KOSTERMANS, A.J.G.H. (1954). A monograph of the Asiatic, Malaysian, Australian and Pacific species of

Mimosaceae, formerly included in Pithecolobium Mart. Organiz. Scient. Res. Indonesia Bull. 20.

MERRILL, E.D. (1910). An enumeration of Philippine Leguminosae. Philip. J. Sci. 5:1-136.

NIELSEN, P. (1979). Notes on he genera Archidendron F. v Mueller and Pithecellobium Martius in mainland

.E. Asia. Adansonia 19:3-37.

REYNOLDS, SALLY T, & L, PEDLEY (1981). A revision of Atlosia Wight & Arn. (Leguminosae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya \ (4): 420-428.

VeRpDcouRT, B. (1977). New taxa of Leguminosae from New Guinea. Kew Bulletin 32:225-251.

380

Austrobaileya | (4): 380-384 (1981)

NOTES ON QUEENSLAND ORCHIDACEAE, 2

By P.S. Lavarack

National Parks and Wildlife Service of Queensland, Brisbane

Summary

Two new species of Orchidaceae from Cape York Peninsula are described. These are Cadetia collinsi P.

Lavarack sp. nov. and Malaxis fimbriata P. Lavarack sp. nov. Peristvius banfieldii (F.M. Bail.). P. Lavarack is

anew combination based on Habenaria banfieldii F.M. Bail. Habenaria anomala Dockrill is a synonym of H.

xanthantha F. Muell. and H. ovoidea R.S. Rogers & C.T. White is a synonym of Peristylus candidus J.J. Smith.

In the following, the type specimen has been cited only where it has been by the

author.

Peristylus banfieldii (F.M. Bail.) P. Lavarack, comb. nov.

Habenaria banfieldii F.M. Bail., Qd Agric. J. 16:564 (1906); F.M. Bail., Comp. Cat.

Qld. Plants:539, fig. 528. Type: North Kennedy District: Dunk Island, BRI 008612.

Until recently this species which was known only from the ‘type’ collection was

placed in the genus Habenaria. Recent published work as exemplified by that of

Seidenfaden (1977) has tended to confirm the existence of Peristylus as a separate

generic entity. According to Seidenfaden the genus is characterized by ‘an erect ovary

rising close to the rachis, the caudicles of the pollinia very short without protruding

protecting the cas of the anthers.... spur is shorter than the ovary and most often

reduced to a more or less globular sac shorter than the petals’.

Recently the author made a collection of this species near Mareeba (Cook Dis-

trict: Ckewko, about 10 km south west of Mareeba, Ist Aug. 1979, Lavarack 3001,

BRI 080730). This species is closely related to P. goodyeroides (D. Don) Lindl., differ-

ing in the smaller flowers and in the absence of a clearly defined triangular nectary at

the entrance to the spur.

It was possible to record some of the data missing from the type specimen:

Flowering period (for the Mareeba population) January — March. Habitat: perma-

nently wet soil beside a small creek, in full sun. The plants have an oblong tuber 3—4

x 2—3 cm.

Peristylus candidus J.J. Sm., Fi. Buitenz. 6:36, Fig. 18 (1905); Seidenfaden, Orch.

Genera in Thailand V: 60; Fig. 30 (1977).

Habenaria sumatrana (Schltr.) Schitr., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 45, Beibl. 104:3 (1911);

eee Fl. Malaya 1:88, Fig 14a (1957); Dockrill, Aust. Indig. Orchids 1:50, 51

Habenaria ovoidea R.S. Rogers & C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 32:140-141

(1921); Dockrill, Aust. Indig. Orchis 1:32-33 (1969), syn. nov. Type: BRI 058344.

Careful comparison of the type of H. ovoidea with fresh material collected near

Cardwell (Lavarack 3010; BRI 246783) and with the description and figures of

Peristylus candidus by J.J. Smith-and with the excellent figure quoted above by

Seidenfaden have satisfied the present author that H. ovoidea is identical with P.

candidus.

Habenaria xanthantha F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 7:16 (1869); Benth., Fl. Aust.

6:395 (1873): F.M. Bail., Qd. Flora 5:1591 (1902), Dockrill, Aust. Indig.

Orchids 1:31-35 (1969); Rogers & White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd. 32:137-139

(1921). Type: MEL 89790-4,

38]

Habenaria anomala Dockr., Orchadian 1:150-1 (1965); Aust. Indig. Orchids 1:30-

31 (1969), syn. nov. Type: BRI 060247.

Dockrill (1969) made the comment in reference to H. anomala ‘It is possible

that it may prove to be merely a form of H. xanthantha F. Muell.’ Some recent collec-

tions made near Cardwell in north Queensland have, in the opinion of the present

author, confirmed this. A large population growing near Sunday Creek was examined

and some plants fitting both the species in question were discovered. All the plants

examined had very similar column structure but differences in the relative length of

the stigmatophores were present. On careful examination of several inflorescences it

was noted that these structures lengthen with age. Apart from this difference in the

column, petals, sepals and vegetative parts of all plants collected were identical. The

_labellum varied with respect to the spur and the lateral lobes. All plants studied had a

broad labellum of about constant length (3 x 7 mm). The spur ranged from totally

absent to about 5 mm long with several specimens having a spur 0.5—1 mm in

length. The length of the spur varied on individual flowers on a single plant, in one

case 3 flowers had a small but definite spur while the other flower had no spur, The

lateral lobes varied from long to short or absent with much variation evident among

the flowers on each inflorescence.

Most of the flowers studied matched the description of Hf. xanthantha F. Muell.

well except that in several cases the spur was 4 or 5 mm long instead of the stated 1—

2 mm. One plant and one flower on another plant agreed well with the description of

H. anomala Dockr. Some of the flowers seemed half-way pee the descriptions of

the two taxa as the spur was present, but only 0.5 mm long. (It is absent in H.

anomala ).

A careful comparison of the types of H. anomala and H. xanthantha indicated

very little difference other than in the previously mentioned features of the labellum

and spur. Both of these specimens would fit within the range of variation noted in the

Cardwell specimens.

The presence of intermediate plants and flowers and the overall similarity of all

plants studied (including the types) have lead to the conclusion that all the specimens

observed represent one species, variable only in the labellum. This being the case, H7.

anomala Dockr. becomes a synonym of H. xanthantha F. Muell.

Cadetia collinsii P. Lavarack, species nova.

- Planta epiphytica, caules 6—18 x 1.5—2.5 mm: folia ovata usque lanceolata 1]—22 x 5—10 mm

emarginata, bractea floralis 2 mm longa. Pedicelius circa 3 mm longus, ovarium 1.5 mm longum pilis con-

fertis carnosis circa 0.5 mm longis obtectum. Sepala ovata alba 3 x 2.5 mm, petala linearia alba; labellum

saccatum oblongum album 3—4 x 1.5—2°mm indistincte 3—lobatum calcari circa | mm longo: columna

erecta 1.5—2 x 1—1.5 mm dentibus duobus prominentibus integris apiculibus pilis longis confertis carnosis.

Typus: Cook District: Rocky River, Cape York Peninsula, 13°47’'S 143°21'E, Sep 1975, Lavarack 1742

(BRI 244120, holotype).

Plant epiphytic forming small dense clumps. Stems 6--18 x 1.5—2.5 mm, con-

sisting largely of a single internode, often enclosed for about half the length by the

Temains of a sheathing bract. Leaves 11—22 x 5—10 mm, ovate to lanceolate,

emarginate, narrowing at the base to form a short petiole about 2 mm long. Flowers

borne singly at the apex of the stem, floral bract about 2 mm long. Pedicel 3 mm long,

ovary about I.5 mm long covered with dense fleshy hairs about 0.5 mm long. Sepals

ovate, white, 3 x 2.5 mm; petals linear, white 3 x 0.5 mm. Labellum oblong, 3— 4x

1.5—2 mm with a spur about 1.5 mm long, white, lateral lobes very small, disc spar-

sely and minutely pubescent. Column erect 1.5—2 x 1—1.5 mm with 2 prominent

purple apical teeth extending above the anther, sparsely and minutely pubescent

below the stigma. Stigma approximately square, about 0.8 mm across. Anther white

with a short, broad rostrum, lower part of pollinia projecting over the upper part of

the stigmatic surface. Capsule globose, 2—3 mm in diameter covered with long fleshy

green hairs.

anther

pollinia

= column wing

Figure 23. (a) Cadetia collinsii P. Lavarack sp. nov. A. Plant. B. Flower C. Section through flower. D.

Flower from side, petals, sepals, and part of labellum removed. E, Column from front. F.

Labellum fronv side. G, Labellum flattened out.-H. Petal. I.. Dorsal Sepal. J. Lateral sepal (A to

indicated scale, B-J to various scales)

Figure 23 (b) Malaxis fimbriata P. Lavarack sp. nov. K. Plant. L. Flower from front. M. Labellum. N. Col-

umn and ovary O. Column from side. P. Petal. Q. Dorsal Sepal. R. Lateral sepal. S. Column

from above. (K to indicated scale, L-S to various scales).

383

On examination of some unopened buds it was found that the pollinia were

fused to the stigmatic surface. This, allied to the high incidence of fertilisation sug-

gests that most, if not all, flowers are autogamous.Cadetia collinsii resembles C.

Heads (Schitr. ). Schitr. but is smaller in ail its parts and differs in the following

eatures:

The labellum in C. maideniana has a thick fleshy midlobe, the apex being con-

cave; while in C. collinsii the midlobe is only slightly fleshy and the apex is rounded

with a small blunt point. The lateral lobes of the labellum are more pronounced in C.

maideniana than in C. collinsii. The apical teeth on the column in the former is more

slender than that of the latter. There are also differences in the shape of the sepals, all

three being nearly equal in C. collinsii, giving the flower an almost regular appearance,

while the lateral sepals differ from the dorsal in C. maideniana giving the flower a

strongly zygomorphic appearance.

C. collinsii has been observed in the gorges of the Rocky River, Chester River

and Leo Creek and in a gorge on the Janet Range about 100 km to the north. It is a

plant of lowland creek gorges usually growing low down on trees in at least partial

shade. The flowering period is spasmodic, but largely in December to April.

C. collinsii is named in honour of Rev. R. Collins of Atherton, who encouraged

the author in his early studies of Australian orchids, and more recently, assisted on

field trips to Cape York Peninsula, actually being present when this orchid was first

officially collected.

Malaxis fimbriata P. Lavarack, species nova.

Planta terrestris, caules decumbentes teretes 20 x 1 cm, folia 4—15; peticolus canaliculatus vaginans

2,5—5 cm longus, lamina elliptica acuminata 7—12 x 3—5 cm. Inflorescentia 10—25 cm longa purpurea e

floribus numerosis constans; pedicellus 7—10 mm longus ovario inclusus reflexus. Sepalum dorsalis 2.5—3

x 1—1.5 mm ovatum; sepala lateralia 22.5 x 1.5 mm oblonga obtusa; petala 2.5—3 x 0.5 linearia;

labellum 2.5—3 x 3.5—4 mm hippocrepiforme 8—12 dentibus prominentibus, pari medio brevi latoque

0.2—0.5 mm longo vel prominentiis brevis redacto et utrinque dentibus aliis angustis acutis 0.4—-1.2 mm

longis ultra labelli apicem extensis praeditum. Columna | x 0.8 mm alis latis obtusis ultra anther. Ty

Cook District. Leo Creek, Cape York Peninsula, 13°33’S 143°28’E, Feb 1977, Lavarack 1768 BRI

244121, holotypus). Collected Sep 1975, flowered in cultivation, Feb 1977.

Stems decumbent with the new shoots arising fromthe apical half of the previous

stem, up to 20 cm long and | cm in diameter, terete, partly covered with scarious

bracts and the remains of the old leaves. Leaves 4—15 on each stem, petiolate;

petioles channelled, sheathing at the base 2.5—5 cm long; lamina 7—12 x 3-5 cm

elliptical, broadest at the middle, acuminate, with 5 prominent veins. Infloescence

terminal, 1O—25 cm long, rachis about twice the length of the peduncle; rachis and

peduncle purple, 1.5—3 mm diameter, fluted; bracts on the peduncle about 5—7,

refiexed, 5 x 1 mm; floral bracts similar; rachis with numerous densely packed

flowers; pedicels 7—10 mm including ovary, reflexed. Flowers about 4 mm diameter,

purple in all parts. Dorsal sepal 2.5—3 x 1.5 mm ovate obtuse; lateral sepals 2—2.5 x

1.5 mm, oblong, obtuse; petals 2.5—3 x 0.5 mm linear, at first spreading, later reflex-

ing as the flower ages. Labellum 3 x 4 mm, horseshoe shaped, the apical and near api-

cal margins with 8—12 prominent teeth, the central pair of teeth short and broad

0.2—0.5 mm long or reduced to a pair of small points on either side of a V-shaped

notch; lateral teeth occupying about !/3 of the lateral margin, 3—5 on each side, nar-

row, acute, 0.8—1.2 mm long; the pair of teeth furthest from the apex much shorter,

the longest of the lateral teeth extending beyond the apex of the labellum; auricles

triangular, obtuse, 1.5 x 1 mm. Surface of mid part of labellum slightly concave. Col-

umn short and broad, about 1 x 0.8 mm, with 2 broad and blunt wings extending

above the anther. Stigma approximately square. Anther small, 0.5 x 0.5 mm, broadly

triangular. Capsule 5—8 mm long.

This species appears to-be related to M. decumbens (Schltr.) P.F. Hunt from New

Guinea, but differs in having much larger leaves and a relatively larger labellum with,

384

teeth exceeding the apex of the labellum. The differences between severai species,

mostly described by J.J. Smith and by R. Schlecter from the Indonesian Islands and

the islandof New Guinea, appear to be quite slight and it is obvious that this genus is

in need of revision. Taking this into account, M. fimbriata appears at least as discrete

an entity as many of the species previously described, differing in a combination of

features involving the plant habit, length of pedicel and shape and ornamentation of

labellum. According to Schlechter (1911-1914) it would fit in the section Com-

melinodes.

M. fimbriata may be distinguished from other members of the genus within

Australia by the decument habit, evergreen leaves and purple flowers.

This plant has been observed in a small area on the catchments of Leo Creek,

Pandanus Creek and the Peach River above 500 m altitude. It grows in leaf litter on

hillsides or on large rocks in dense shade on the rainforest floor forming large clumps.

Flowering time i$ January to March.

Acknowledgments

The author is indebted to Mr. L. Pedley of the Queensland Herbarium who pre-

pared the Latin diagnoses for Cadetia collinsii and Malaxis fimbriata. | also wish to

express appreciation to Rev. R. Collins and Mr. B. Gray, both of Atherton, who pro-

vided very able assistance in the field and to Dr. G. Seidenfaden of Copenhagen who

compared specimens of Peristylus banfieldii with P. goodyeroides on behalf of the

author.

REFERENCES

DOCKRILL, A.W. (1969). Australian Indigenous Orchids, Vol. 1. Soc. Growing Aust. Plants; Sydney. 825 pp.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1911-1914), Die Orchidaceen on Deutsch-New Guinea. Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni. Veg.

Beil. 1. 1079 pp.

SEIDENFADEN, G. (1977). Orchid Genera in Thailand V, Orchidoideae. Dansk Bot. Ark. 31 (3).

385

Austrobaileya ] (4): 385-387 (1981)

ADDITION TO COMBRETACEAE (LAGUNCLURIEAE) FROM

| . AUSTRALIA

By N.B. Byrnes

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Summary

A new genus Dansiea (Combretaceae) and a new species D. elliptica from North Queensland,

Australia are described.

Dansiea N. Byrnes gen. nov. Laguncularieae generi Macropteranthes affinis sed

habitu arboris, disco bilobo, ovario ad calycem adnato dorsaliter, ovulis pluris. Unica

cognita species D. elliptica N. Byrnes Australiae tropicae incola.

Dansiea elliptica N. Byrnes sp. nov.

Cook District: State Forest Reserve 310, Goldsborough L.A., 17°15'S 145°45’E,

18 Jan 1978, B. Hyland 3657RFK (holotypus BRI 241211; isotypi CANB, K).

Arbor ad 35 m alta. Truncus cortice lamelloso. Folia spiraliter disposita vel subopposita elliptica apice

apiculata et basi breve attenuata 3—8.5 cm longa 1—3.5 cm lata margine integra glandulosa prope basi

primo pubescentia dense appresse glabrescentia: petiolus 0.5—1 cm longus appresse pubescens. Flores

axillares ca 2 cm longi: pedunculi ca 1 cm longi. Receptaculum tubularis non distinctum a calcye puberulum

bracteolis adnatis persistibus accrescentibus in 5 lobis calyces terminans. Discus bilobus glandi similis.

Petala 5 late elliptica apiculata 0.8—1 cm longa pubescentia decidua. Stamina 10, ca 1 cm longa tubi inserta

duobus ordinibus filaments tnterioribus appendiculatis ad basim: antherae sagittatae versitiles. Ovarium

pubescens uniloculare ad tubum adnatum dorsaliter: Stylus 8—10 mm longus: Stigma parvum: Ovula 14—

20 pendula. Fructus ignoti.

Tree to 35 m tall. Trunk with flaky bark. Leaves spirally arranged or subopposite,

elliptical, apiculate at apex, shortly attenuate at the base, 3—8.5 cm long, 1—3.5 cm

wide, margins entire with glands near the base, at first densely appressed pubescent,

glabrescent. Petioles 0.5—1 cm long, appressed pubescent. Flowers ca 2 cm long

borne in the axils on peduncles ca | cm long. Receptacle tubular continuous and not

distinct from calyx tube, terminating in the 5 calyx lobes, minutely pubescent with

two enlarged persistent bracteoles adnate to the lower tube. Disc bilobed and gland-

like. Petals 5, broadly elliptical 0.8—1 cm long, deciduous, pubescent. Stamens 10, ca

1 cm long inserted in the tube in two series with small appendages at the base of the

filaments of the inner whorl. Anthers sagittate and versatile. Ovary pubescent,

unilocular adnate dorsally to the flora! tube. Style 8—10 mm long. Stigma small.

Ovules 14—20, pendulous. Fruit unknown.

Queensland. Cook District: State Forest Reserve 310, Goldsborough L.A., Jan 1979, Hyland —

3653RFK, 3654RFK, 3655RFK, Dec 1977, Gray 815 & Jul 1979, Hyland 9956; Goldsborough Rd, Oct

1977, Dansie 20135; State Forest Reserve 756, Nov 1963, Hyland SSORFK..

Dansieais a \arge rainforest tree to 35 m tall and 90 cm diam at breast height. The

leaves bear two or more marginal glands and the lateral venation is visible on both

surfaces. The glands are open, apparently .non-secreting but have numerous cells con-

taining crystals embedded in the tissue. The leaf indumentum consists of compart-

mented hairs typical of the family. Simple hairs and glandular trichomes are absent.

The flowers are superficially similar to Macropteranthes but are usually borne

singly in the axils and the ovary is fused to the floral tube on one side only. A bilobed

glandlike structure is present on the side of the floral tube opposite the ovary and

represents the disc. This species has more ovules than any other member of the

family. This new genus ts related to the genus Macropteranthes which is represented

386

Figure 24, Dausiee elliptica. Flower. a, External view. b. Longitudinal section. c. Section of base of floral

tube.

387

by four species in Australia. These species are usually shrubs of the monsoonal areas

with long dry winter periods. The flowers are borne in pairs on a common peduncle.

The ovary is fused to the floral tube on all sides and the disc is cupular.

The indumentum on the young leaves of the Dansiea specimens collected in

January is dense but mature leaves collected later in the year tend to be glabrous at

least on the upper surface. The specimen (sterile) Dansie 20315 is almost completely

glabrous retaining hairs on the veins and leaf margin. This reveals the pellucid punc-

tate nature of the lamina that is obscured by the indumentum of the younger leaves.

The absence of old and new leaves on the one specimen indicates the species may be

deciduous if only for a short period just before the new growth and flowers appear.

This species is restricted in distribution to the rainforests near Mt. Bartle Frere.

The species was first brought to attention by Mr S.J. Dansie, Forester and Collector

but satisfactory flowering material was not available until collected by Mr. B. Hyland

in January, 1978. Difficult weather conditions at the time of flowering contributed to

the delay in obtaining adequate fertile material.

References

BYRNES, N.B. (1977). A revision of Combretaceae in Australia. Contr. Od Herb. No. 20.

EXELL, A.W. & STACE, C.A. (1966). Revision of Combretaceae. Bol. Sec. Brot., 40:2:5-26.

STACE, C.A. (1965). The Significance of the Leaf Epidermis in the Taxonomy of the Combretaceae. J.

Linn, Soc., Bot. $9:229-252.

388

Austrobaileya | (4): 388-419 (1981)

NOTES ON SAPINDACEAE IN AUSTRALIA, I.

by Sally T. Reynolds

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Table of Contents

STATA Ye 2 hig nde te ee aatacse et aco nas. CMV R eet hon eed ten ae a ee pe eM rate ATs 388

FRTPOAMCHOH 5.9 2a ied a tecadece aad iecnle a4 PP ocd ee est Cee bs SR Lip eel lide 388

PIPOPIOUS ss alias By EE jcevah Soke a ho ak bie when gle tase qaslnpgicm ow noche Hea eM ee as 390

PARA are. + tc. tos Bede Oe heb teal Cul chataltee oh lela Pe ap hd ated 6 hee Gor SEs 6 caus OSM 398

FABER A o's ar beg ore a Mune fee Gs ooh a beterc ty oc fan ta Mt er ein tee het a Eh ae o ohilthe hens 406

PTAC ARE Beye ys RAekos Aeseatee ie skated ie Lines Delth ot pat M oecicabs, js yeebseies, ibs | Ay 412

Summary

Sapindaceae in Australia consists of 30 genera with over 180 species. Most of the species are found in

Queensland, mainly in the rainforests of northern Queensland. Castanospora, Diplopeltis, Distichostemon,

Ffeterodendrum, and Sarcotoechia are endemic. Detailed descriptions of, and keys to, all taxa are given. The

genera Diplogiottis (8 species), Atalaya (9 species), Jagera (3 species) and Harpullia (8 species) are treated in

this first paper of a series.

Taxa described as new are: Diplogiotis harpiltlioides, D. pedleyi, D. smithii, D. macrantha, Atalaya

sericopetala, A. angustifolia, A. calcicola, A. rigida, Jagera discolor, and J. pseudorhius var. integerrima. Diploglot-

tis cunninghamii (Hook. ) Benth. & Hook. is the correct name for D. australis Radlk.

_ The family comprises about 150 genera and 2000 species, the majority of them

being trees or shrubs; only a few (5 genera and 300 species) are climbers. They are

mostly found in the tropics and subtropics and are most common in America and

Asia,

The Sapindaceae in Australia are trees or shrubs, only one, Cardiospermiutim,

which is introduced and now naturalised, is a vine. Most of the Australian species are

found in Queensland, mainly in the rainforests of northern Queensland where they

are usually important species in the rainforest communities, some are found in dry

scrubs, others along creek and river banks and a few along the coast.

The family in Australia consists of 30 genera and over 180 species, of which 4

genera viz. Cossignia, Dictvoneura, Lepidopetalum and Tristiropsis are newly recorded,

being the extension of their range mainly from New Guinea. About 25 species are

either new records or new species. Some of the genera e.g. Castanospora, Diplopeltis,

Distichostemon, Heterodendrum, Sarcotoechia are endemic to Australia.

Bentham in 1863 (FI. Aust. 1:451-488) listed 16 genera and 82 species as occur-

ring in Australia, Radlkofer in his treatment of the family from 1878-1932 split some

genera and described some new genera and species and recorded 25 genera and about

135 species for Australia. Various authors viz. C.T. White, Domin, etc. from 1920 to

1936 described ten new species which were not included in Radikofer’s work. Since

then only five new species have been described.

No major revisionary work have been done on the family in Australia except

A.S. George’s paper on Diplopeitis (1969) and a few short papers on Dodonaea since

Radikofer. The late L.S. Smith was very interested in the family and was an authority

on the Australian species. He collected notes and specimens over the years and made

annotations and some sorting of the Queensland material but was unable to publish

any material on the family before his untimely death in 1970.

389

There has always been some confusion in the identity of the Queensland species

especially the rainforest ones, mainly because of the incomplete nature of the speci-

mens and because a lot of the genera had at least a few undescribed taxa amongst the

species. In some cases there was no representative specimen of a particular species

and Radikofer’s regional keys on some genera did not help. Because of the revision-

ary work of some of the Botanists at Leiden, chiefly Dr. P.W. Leenhouts on different

groups of the family some with Australian representatives, a few of the genera occur-

ring here have been straightened out. The need for the review of the family here

became necessary when the family had to be written up for the Handbook to the Flora

of South-eastern Queensland as a third of the species occur in the area. A lot of sort-

ing and some collecting had to be done and some doubtful species checked against

their types.

It was found that in some cases e.g. in Arytera, some of the confusion originated

from the days of Mueller, Bentham and Radikofer. In one case the type was a mixed

collection and in the other the holotype held at Melbourne was different from the

isotype distributed to Kew.

All the genera (except Diplopeltis) that occur here have been checked and

studied and the review of all (except Dodonaea on which a separate revision is being

carried out in Adelaide) will be published in parts. Although about 20 new species are

to be described a lot more are still imperfectly known.

Many of the Sapindaceae are of economic value; several contain saponin in bark,

twigs, leaves and pericarp; some yield valuable timber and others furnish edible

fruits, the best known being Dimocarpus longan spp. longan‘*Longan’’, Litchi chinensis

“Lychee” and Nephelium lappaceum ‘‘Rambutan’’, both ‘‘Lychee’”’ and ‘“‘Longan”’

are now cultivated in Australia,

Jagera pseudorhus

f, pseudorhus

Diploglottis cunninghamii ; Harpuliiia alata Harpullia pendula .

Figure 25. Flowers of some Sapindaceae. Petals, sepals and scales.

390

DIPLOGLOTTIS

Diploglotttis Hook.f., Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. Pl. 1:395 (1862). Type species: D.

cunninghamii (Hook.) Hook.f., based on Cupania cunninghamii Hook.

Trees usually monoecious, most species with large fluted rusty hairy branchlets

and large leaves, rarely glabrous. Leaves paripinnate, often with large opposite to

alternate entire leaflets. Inflorescences axillary, or pseudoterminal and forming large

copiously flowered thyrsiform panicles; primary peduncles either stout ribbed and

densely rusty hairy or pale hairy; cymules often sessile; bracteate. Flowers

polygamous, regular or slightly irregular; pedicellate; calyces shortly cupular with 5

ovate lobes, or sepals free, broadly ovate, suborbicular or obovate and unequal,

imbricate, often concave; petals 4 or 5, the fifth one often reduced, clawed, with

bilobed hairy and usually crested scales, reduced petal often crestless; discs complete

or incomplete, éften oblique; stamens 6—9, filaments exerted, pilose in lower half;

ovaries trigonous, usually hairy, style stout. Capsules usually large, transversely ellip-

soid to irregularly globose, 2 or 3—sulcate with 2 or 3 globose lobes, or 1—lobed

with aborted lobes usually small and reduced; usually completely 2 or 3—celled; 2 or

3—valved; valves thin or thick, usually hairy; seeds large, suborbicular slightly com-

pressed, ascendent, nearly enclosed in thick, fleshy, acidic, usually bilobed, erose-

margined aril.

Australia and probably also in New Guinea; eight species (four new) in eastern

Australia.

1. Leaves with 1—3(—4) pairs of opposite or subopposite leaflets, usually glabrous; petioles and

rachises glabrous or puberulent. Sepals obovate or suborbicular, unequal. Disc complete or

incomplete with erect lateral lobe enclosing the stamens on one Side........ 00... 0c eee eee eee 2

Leaves with (2—)4—12 alternate or subopposite leaflets on each side of rachis, usually hairy

especially on nerves on lower surfaces; petioles and rachises densely hairy to puberulent. Sepals

usually ovate, rarely orbicular, equal or unequal. Disc complete or incomplete (then discs often

crescent shaped and not enclosing the stamens).......... 0.00: cece eceenee eee eet ttvertrtnaaees 3

2. Panicles 12—-16 cm long and as wide. Capsules subglobose 3.5—7 cm long and in diam., rarely

smaller, 2 or 3— valved with thin valves. Leaves with petiole (15—)24—33 cm long, glabrous or

subglabrous; petiolules 2— 5 mm long. Disc incomplete with erect lateral lobe enclosing the

STAMOS OO SIGE,...2) ci aa obs em oe ed De Lasted had wachck dcke RA bla ola bk alpnecd oe ed Pa eee 1, D. campbellii

Panicles small and few flowered, 1—2.5 cm long and as wide. Capsules transversely ellipsoid

mostly 2-lobed with subglobose unequal lobes, 3—4 x 3—6.2 em, 2— valved with thick valves.

Leaves with petiole 22—58 cm long, glabrous; petiolules 1—3.5 cm long. Disc usuaily

COM PES UGGS AG ok ate Bie eee eed Tally Dee ats soy adr ack ste eh ee eae Path Lbs 2. D. harpullioides

3. Younger parts especially young leaves, petioles, rachises, petiolules and nerves densely

rubiginose or dark reddish brown hairy with villous hairs. Capsules with glabrous valves usually

1 (or 2) —lobed with reduced aborted lobes at its base, subglobose or ellipsoid, oblique,

l-celled, 2-valved. Sepals orbicular; petals usually with thin crests. Pinnae 11—19(—23) in

WUNIDE? ost clay wens araics | ble alee ve eee dilettante, 3 tase yts 3. D, pedleyi

Younger parts, young leaves, petioles, rachises, petiolules and nerves not dark reddish brown

hairy as above, hairs either ferruginous or very pale. Capsules with valves hairy at least inside,

irregularly globose to transversely ellipsoid; 3-celled with 3 thick valves, or (1—)2 or 3—sulcate

or —lobed, lobes subglobose, 1—celled, 2— valved with thin valves. Sepals ovate; petals

crested except some reduced ones. Pinnae 6—10(—18) innumber............ 0... cece eee eee 4

4, Panicles conspicuously bracteate with sessile or subsessile cymules in axil of bracts, usually scurfy

and pale hairy. Bracts 4—35 x 3—6 mm, pale hairy. Branchlets, petioles, rachises and peduncles

usually pubescent or puberulent with pale short appressed hairs often intermingled with long

rusty hairs. Leaflets 8—14 in number. Branchlets slender ........0.0..0 00. cece cece eee eee eee eee 5

Panicles not as above, usually rusty hairy; bracts to 7 x 3 mm, rusty brown hairy outside.

Branchlets, petioles, rachises and peduncles usually densely rusty villous hairy. Leaflets

4—10(—18), usually large. Branchlets mostly stout and fluted ........0..00 0.0... c cece cece gee ee 6

5. Pinnae with numerous lateral nerves, 24—34 pairs, 3—7 mm apart, often with secondary nerves

between them, usually depressed above, bullate. Peduncles densely hairy with somewhat

crispate hairs intermingled with long rusty hairs, bracts to 8 x 3 mm, ovate acuminate. Capsules

1.4—1.8 x 2—3.5cm, transversely ellipsoid or subglobose 1—3 celled; valves 2 or 3, :

PTET May oR ncaa eM adssad pitescad laste acts tae bs alt OM Saeatarl Aah Guy ak LB ata oA Nite Sly he aly Sets 4. D, smithii

Pinnae with 11—23 pairs of lateral nerves, 6—15 mm apart, not bullate. Peduncles globose at

base, pubescent with short pale appressed hairs; bracts to 35 x 6 mm, oblong ovate, acuminate,

391

grooved in the middle. Capsules 2.8—3.6 x 2.8—-4.5 cm, subgiobose 3—celled; valves 3, thick,

rindlike, drying sub-woody... 00.6... 0. ccc ccc cee tenets Oe AO ANE 5. D, bracteata

6. Petioles 0.7—3.5 cm long. Panicles slender, not divaricately branched, 6.5—13 cm long and to 3

cm wide. Flowers 7—8 mm diam. Leaflets 6— 10, mostly ovate-oblong or oblong, acuminate-

apiculate at tips. Shrubs or small slender, unbranched trees 2—4m. ................ 6. D. macrantha

Petioles 0.2—1.5 cm long. Panicles divaricately branched, 12—50 cm long and nearly as wide,

primary peduncles usuaily stout and fluted. Flowers 4—6 mm diam. Leaflets 4—18, usually

oblong or elliptic-oblong, often wider above the middle, tips broad, rounded or abruptly and

shortly acuminate. Trees (6—)10—30 m tall, branching at the top..... 6.0... e eee eee eee ee 7

7. Leaflets usually oblong with broad, truncate or obtuse bases, unequal and cut to about second

last pair of lateral nerves, and broad, rounded apices, 9—51 x 5—18 cm; petiolules 2—15 mm

long. (Leaf with petiole (28—) 45,5—130 cm long with 3—5(—8) leaflets each side of rachis.

Branchlets and primary peduncles stout and fluted) .........0.0.0.0 cece eeu uas 7. D. cunninghamii

Leaflets usually elliptic-oblong or subobovate-elliptic, often broader above the middle, acute,

obtuse and oblique at base and rounded or abruptly and shortly acuminate at apices, 4.5—23 x

2—9.5 cm; petiolules 2—6 mm long. (Leaf with petiole (144—)38—70 cm long with (2—) 3—9

leaflets each side of rachis. Branchlets and primary peduncles usually slender) ..... 8. D. diphyllostegia

1. Diploglottis campbellii Cheel, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 48: 685 (1923); Francis,

Aust. Rain-For. Trees, ed 3:256 (1970). Syntypes: Tintenbar, Feb 1892, M.

Bauerlen (not seen); Tweed River, R.A. Campbell (not seen).

Trees 8-20 m, young parts sericeous hairy; branchlets, petioles and rachises

puberulent with pale short usually antrorse hairs intermingled with long hairs, len-

ticels small, broadly elliptic. Leaves with petiole (15—)24—33 cm long with (1—)2—

4 pairs of leaflets; petioles semiterete, 3.5—7 cm, pulvinate; rachises adaxially ridged,

2—10 cm, pinnae usually opposite and decreasing in size from apex to base, elliptic-

oblong or —subobovate or —ovate, acute or abruptly and shortly acuminate at apices,

Subacute or obtuse, oblique or unequal at base with one side decurrent into

petiolules, 7—19 x 2.5—7 cm, glabrous or lower surfaces subglabrous, puberulent on

midribs, semicoriaceous, lateral nerves 10—14 pairs, subpatent; petiolules semi-

terete, 2—5 mm, pulvinate. Thyrsiform panicles axillary or supra-axillary, laxly

branched and flowered, 12—16 cm long and as wide, peduncles tomentose or pubes-

cent. Flowers to 5 mm diam.; pedicels to 3 mm, pubescent; calyces 5—partite, lobes

imbricate, obovate or suborbicular, concave, 2.5—4 x 2—3 mm, pubescent; petals 4

or 5, subspathulate, rounded at apex, long clawed with tubular claw, 2—2.5 x 2 mm,

scales bilobed longer than lamina, villous, crests yellowish; disc incomplete with

oblong erect lateral lobe enclosing the stamens on one side; stamens 8 or 9, curved

and inflexed towards the erect lobe of disc, filaments 3—4 mm, glabrous, ovaries 3—

celled, pubescent. Capsules subglobose or depressed ovoid, obscurely 3—sulcate,

3.5—7 x 3.5—7 cm, rarely small and globose to 2 x 2 cm, brownish and thinly hairy;

seeds subglobose often enclosed in fleshy, acidic, bilobed red aril.

Restricted to southern Queensland and northern New South Wales from Tinten-

bar, Richmond River to Tallebudgera Creek area, not common.

Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Tallebudgera Creek, Dec 1917, White & Young s.n. New South

Wales. Byron Bay, Feb 1975, Willows s.n., Road up to Mt Warning approx. 1 km past the creek crossing,

Apr 1979, Jessup 196.

2. Diploglottis harpullioides S.T, Reynolds species nova; a speciebus ceteris Austra-

lianis foliis glabris et perbrevibus inflorescentibus differt. Typus: Cook Dis-

trict : Harvey Creek, 12 October 1973, L.J. Webb & J.G. Tracey s.n. (BRI,

holotypus).

Small trees 3--5 m, branchlets puberulent or glabrescent with minute, appressed

pale hairs, lenticellate, striated. Leaves with petiole 22—58 cm long, with (1—)2—4

pairs of leaflets, (leaves decreasing in size from apex to base); petioles 5.5—14 cm,

subterete, shortly pulvinate and globose at base, glabrous; rachises 3.5—27 cm, sub-

terete, glabrous; pinnae opposite, elliptic-oblong or subovate-elliptic-oblong or

subobovate-elliptic, abruptly acuminate at apices, acute and very oblique at base, 8—

23.5(—31.5) x 3.5—8(—10.5) cm, glabrous, coriaceous, lateral nerves 9—14 pairs,

392

subpatent, arched and ascending and anastomosing near margins, prominent, midribs

raised, reticulations lax, petiolules 1—3.5 cm, slender, subterete, slightly channelled

above pulvinate base, puberulent. Panicles small, axillary, usually on short lateral

branchlets in axil of fallen leaves, 1—2.5 cm long and nearly as wide, usually branch-

ing from the base, cymules 2 or 3-flowered; peduncles pubescent; bracts minute.

Buds globose; flowers to 5 mm diam.; pedicels 5—7 mm, articulate towards base,

densely appressed hairy; sepals imbricate, broadly ovate or orbicular, concave, 4 x

3.5—5 mm, unequal, outer pair smaller, ciliolate, appressed pubescent outside,

glabrous inside, petals 5, broadly ovate-orbicular, shortly clawed, membranous,

delicately veined, 2—5.5 x 2,5—5.5 mm, glabrous outside, puberulent inside towards

the claw and scales, scales bilobed with thin crests; disc glabrous, repand and often

fleshy and suboblique; filaments 2—4 mm long, pilose; ovaries 3-celled, villous, style

Short. Capsules transversely ellipsoid usually 2-lobed with + orbicular lobes, or 1-

lobed and subglobose, with aborted lobes towards base 3—4 x 3.5—6.2 cm, 2—

valved, valves thick (to 4 mm thick) appressed pubescent inside; seeds orbicular,

slightly compressed, enclosed in fleshy bilobed red aril.

Northern Queensland, from Cedar Bay, near Bloomfield River to around

Babinda, in rainforests. |

CooK DISTRICT: Cedar Bay, near Bloomfield R, Feb 1973, Dick s.n., Weinert’s Ck, Babinda (17°20'S,

145°55'E), Nov 1977, Jago 272 (ORS).

This species differs from the rest of Australian species in the glabrous leaves and

very short inflorescences. |

3. Diploglottis pedleyi S.T. Reynolds species nova; a speciebus ceteris: Australianis

ramulis petiolalis rhachidibus et pedunculis omnibus dense atrorufescenter

villosis et foliolis pluribus, 5—12—jugis differt. Typus: Cook District : The

Boulders, Babinda Creek, ca 6 km W of Babinda, 31 Aug 1954, Z.S. Smith

5336 (BRI, holotypus).

Small trees, 7—9 m, often multistemmed, young parts especially young leaves

densely red-rusty villous hairy’and furry, branchlets ribbed, stout, villous hairy.

Leaves with petioles 56—64.5(—82) cm long, with 5—10(—12) leaflets each side of

rachis; petioles 10.5—19(—24.5) cm, semiterete, flattened above at broad pulvinate

base; rachises 16.5—36.3(—59.5) cm, terete, bi— or trisulcate; pinnae opposite or

subopposite, narrowly elliptic-oblong, tips abruptly and shortly acuminate, bases

obtuse, truncate, oblique, 10—28(—33.5) x 3.4—5.7(—6.5) cm, glabrous or the

midribs puberulent, semicoriaceous, lateral nerves 18—25 pairs, arcuate, raised

below and often impressed above; petiolules 0.8—2 cm, slender, pulvinate. Panicles

axillary, usually clustered at tips of branchlets, 6—10 x 1.5—11 cm, laxly branched

with spiciform branches bearing clusters of usually 3—flowered sessile cymules;

bracts 3 x 1.5 mm, ovate, concave, rusty hairy outside, glabrous inside. Buds globose;

flowers (hermaphrodites) to 11 mm diam., cream; sessile; sepals imbricate, outer pair

smaller, 3.5—4 x 4 mm, orbicular, concave, glabrous or rarely puberulent outside,

ciliolate on pale margins, glandular dotted; petals 5, none reduced, broadly ovate,

clawed, 3—4 x 2.5 mm, glabrous except claw, scaies bilobed with crest-like appen-

dages or crests thin, scales hairy on margins; disc 5—lobed or crenate, fleshy,

glabrous; filaments to 1.5 mm long, pilose, anthers oblong-ovoid to 2.5 mm, pilose at

sutures; ovaries puberulent, 3~—celled. Capsule subglobose or transversely ellipsoid,

oblique, usually 1(—2)—lobed with reduced aborted lobes often present near its

base, sessile, 3.5—5.5 x 4.5—7.5 cm, glabrous; 2—valved, valves coriaceous,

glabrous inside; seeds suborbicular, oblique, slightly compressed, 3—4 x 3.5—4 cm,

nearly enveloped by fleshy (5—8 mm thick) bilobed red aril.

Northern Queensland, chiefly coastal in the Babinda-Innisfail area, in rain-

forests.

393

Cook District: The Boulders, Babinda, 30 Aug 1949, Krause 3; S.F.R. 755, Barong L.A., (17°31'S,

146°30°E), 13 Sep 172, Dansie s.n. (QRS 22791-22796); 9 Sep 1976, Fitzsimon 56 (QRS); 28 Oct 1976,

Hyland 9157, McNamee Ck near Palmerston National Park, 31 Oct 1968, Webb & Tracey 8322.

This species differs from the rest of Australian species in the dense deep rusty

red villous hairy branchlets, petioles, rachises, petiolules and peduncles. The leaflets

are also more numerous, being 5—12 paired, and the large fruit is glabrous.

It is named in honour of Mr. L. Pedley who is very interested in the genus and

has helped sort out the many problems, especially the nomenclature, of the family in

Australia.

4. Diploglottis smithii S.T. Reynolds sp. nov. Species haec a ceteris differt nervis

iateralibus numerosis (24—28—jugis) approximatis inter se 3—7 distantibus

patentibus impressis supra. Inflorescentiae et bracteacis D. bracteatae similes.

Typus: Cook District : Paronella Park, Muna Creek near Innisfail, Aug 1948,

L.S. Smith s.n. (BRI, holotypus).

Trees 7—15 m tall and 22—60 cm girth, buttressed; young parts especially young

leaves furry or densely rusty villous hairy, branchlets ribbed, lenticellate, densely

appressed hairy with short pale appressed hairs intermingled with longer rusty hairs.

Leaves with petiole 29—47 cm long, with 4—6 leaflets each side of rachis; petioles

6.5—12 cm, semiterete, slightly margined, pulvinate, often lenticellate, puberulent;

rachises 10.5—28 cm, often bisulcate above, lenticellate, pubescent or puberulent;

pinnae alternate or opposite, lowermost pair the smallest, elliptic or elliptic-oblong

often abruptly narrowing at both ends, or obovate-elliptic, acute, obtuse or abruptly

and shortly acuminate at apices with emarginate acumen, bases obtuse or acute and

shortly decurrent, oblique and subequal, (6—)9—19.5(—26) x 2.5—7(—11.5) cm

(juvenile leaves simple, to 38 x 11.5 cm), glabrous and shiny above, puberulent

especially on nerves or glabrous below, minutely papillose on lower surfaces, semi-

coriaceous, lateral nerves 24—34 pairs, close to each other, 3—7(—10) mm apart,

often with secondary nerves between them, subpatent, arched and ascending at tips,

nerves depressed above, bullate, reticulation dense; petiolules 0.5—1.4 cm, grooved

above, pulvinate, puberulent. Thyrsiform panicles supra-axillary or pseudoterminal,

laxly branched, 13—32 x 13—27 cm, peduncles densely minutely hairy with some-

what crispate tomentum intermingled with longer straight rusty hairs, ribbed, bearing

sessile 4——-7— flowered cymules in axil of bracts; bracts narrowly oblong-ovate, 5—8

x 2—3 mm, crispate tomentose outside, glabrous towards the base inside, deciduous.

Flowers (females) about 5 mm diam.; pedicels to 3 mm long, articulate about middle,

pubescent; calyces 5—lobed, lobes subequal, ovate, 2.5—3 x 2 mm, crispate tomen-

tose outside, pubescent inside except glabrous base; petals 5, one usually reduced,

broadly suborbicular, long-clawed, or spathulate, glabrous except crispate hairy

scales, 3.5 x 2.5 mm, scales bilobed, crested; disc almost complete, rarely oblique,

crenate, glabrous, filaments subulate 2 mm long, pilose towards base; ovaries

subglobose, tomentose, style stout, 2—3 mm long, glabrous. Capsules transversely

ellipsoid or subglobose, 1.4—1.8 x 2—3.5 cm, + obscurely 2 or 3 sulcate, usually

with pale or whitish bloom; valves thin, finely pale greyish or whitish pubescent out-

side, puberulent inside with appressed scattered hairs; seeds brown enclosed in red

juicy acidulous aril.

Northern Queensland from Bloomfield River to Innisfail area where it is quite

common in rainforests.

Cook District: Gap Creek about 38 km S by E of Cooktown, Aug 1959, Smith 10739, Daintree,

Rosenstroms.n., National Park Reserve 904 (17°35'S, 145°45’E), Oct 1968, Hyland 2025; The Boulders near

Babinda in 1956, Wilkie s.n.

The species differs from the rest in having numerous lateral nerves (24—28

pairs), close to each other, 3—7 mm apart, patent, impressed above. Inflorescence

and bracts similar to D. bracteata.

Figure 26. Diplogiottis. A. D. camopbellii. Al, Flowers, sepals and petals removed (x 8) A2, Petal (x 8). A3.

Sepal (x 4). Ad. Fruit (x 2/3). B. D. bracteata. B1, Portion of inflorescence (x 2/3). B2. Fruit

(x 2/3). C. D. smithii. C1. Leaf. C2. Portion of inflorescence (x 2/3). D. D. macrantha. D1.

Flower, sepals and petals removed (x 6). D2. Petal (x 6). D3. Sepal (x 6). D4. Fruit (x 2/3). E.

D. pedleyi. E1. Portion of leaft {x 1). E2. Young leaflets (x2/3). E3. Petal (x 6). E4 & 5. Outer

and inner sepals (x 6). E6. Fruit (x '4). F. D. harpullioides. Ft. Leaf. F2. Portion of

inflorescence. F3. Petal (x 6). F4 & 5, Outer & inner speals (x 6). F6. Fruit (x 3A),

395

_It is named after the late Mr. L.S. Smith who was an authority on Australian

Sapindaceae.

5. Diploglottis bracteata Leenh., Blumea 24 (1) : 176 (1978). Type: Cook District:

Gadgarra and Ghurka Pocket, L.S. Smith 1057. (BRI, iso).

Small trees to 10 m, and 25 cm girth, young parts, branchlets, petioles, rachises,

petiolules and peduncles with appressed short pale pubescence; branches 5—ribbed,

lenticellate. Leaves with petiole (19—) 30—57 cm long, with 4—7 leaflets each side

of rachis, petioles 3.5—9 cm, semiterete, slightly margined, flat above at broad,

pulvinate base; rachises 6—24 cm, flattened and slightly margined above; pinnae

alternate or subopposite, elliptic oblong, tips obtuse or shortly abruptly acuminate

with emarginate acumen, bases acute, attenuating and shortly decurrent into

petiolules, 5.5—23 x 2—6.5 cm, glabrous above or midribs hairy, puberulent, often

scurfy and papillose below, semicoriaceous, lateral nerves 11—23 pairs, subarcuate;

petiolules 0.8—1.8 cm, grooved above. Thyrsiform panicles axillary or pseudoter-

minal, often divaricately branched, 15—31 x 13—26 cm; peduncles ribbed, globose at

base; bracts mostly oblong ovate, 0.8—3.5 x 0.4—0.7 cm, hoary pubescent and scurfy

outside, puberulent to glabrescent inside. Flowers in 3 or 4—flowered sessile

cymules, 4.5—6 mm diam., males smaller; pedicels 4— 11 mm, articulate below mid-

dle, tomentose; calyx lobes broadly ovate, imbricate, crispate hairy except glabrous

base; petals 5, none reduced, broadly obovate, shortly clawed, 3—3.5 x 2—2.5 mm,

glabrous or puberulent only towards base outside, scales bilobed, obovate, nearly as

‘long as petals, crispate hairy, crests stipitate; disc annular, fleshy, glabrous; stamens

7—8, filaments subulate, 3—4 mm long, pilose from middle to base; ovaries

subglobose, tomentose,style 3 mm long, pilose to subglabrous. Capsules subglobose

2.8—3.6 x 2.8—4.5 cm, + 3—gonous, 3—celled, valves coriaceous, thick (to 4 mm

thick), rind-like, wrinkled, (somewhat woody when dry) finely and minutely tomen-

ee outside, villous inside with appressed hairs; seeds globose embedded in bilobed

aril.

Northern Queensland, around Atherton Tableland, in rainforest remnants

usually at high altitudes.

Cook District: Forest Reserve 310, Gadgarra, Aug 1964, Voick 3464, Butchers Creek Rd about 8

km E of Malanda, Nov 1969, Volek 4399: Portion 12, Parish of Malanda (17°18’S, 145°39’E), Sep 1977,

Gray 677 (BRI, QRS). .

6. Diploglottis macrantha L.S. Smith ex 8.T. Reynolds sp. nov. Species nova D. cun-

ninghamii proxima a qua imprimis floribus majoribus (circa 8 mm diametro)

habitu (statura minore 2—4 m) foliis apicem acuminatis et longipetiolulatis

differt. Typus: Cook District: Iron Range, 27 Jul 1949, H. Flecker 13158 (BRI,

holotypus).

Shrubs or small trees 2—4m, unbranched; young parts especially young leaves

densely velutinous hairy with dark brown hairs; branchlets stout, fluted, densely fer-

ruginous hairy, so also are petioles, rachises, petiolules and peduncles. Leaves large,

with petiole 36—47(—86) cm long, with 3—5 large leaflets each side of rachis;

petioles 15.5—17.5(—27) cm, terete trisulcate, broad at base; rachises terete ribbed,

21—34(—45.5) cm; pinnae subopposite or alternate, usually oblong ovate narrowing

towards acuminate apex, or elliptic oblong, apices usually abruptly and shortly acum1-

nate and apiculate, bases unequal, broadly obtuse or somewhat rounded or truncate,

(8.5—)14—22(—27) x (4—)7—8.5(—13) cm, puberulent above, pubescent or

puberulent below with the midribs and nerves densely rusty hairy, usually pellucid

dotted below, upper surfaces drying paler and duller, semicoriaceous, lateral nerves

13—30 pairs, suboblique, arched and ascending at tips, slightly impressed above, bul-

late and often transversely corrugate between the nerves, reticulations lax; petiolules

0.7—3.5 cm with the basal leaflets on longer stalks, broad at base. Thyrsiform pani-

396

cles axillary, slender, 6.5—13 cm long and to 3 cm wide, with dense cluster of

cymules, peduncles ribbed, lined by short decurrent flower-bearing branches; bracts

ovate-oblong 4—6 x 2—3 mm, rusty velvety tomentose outside, subglabrous

especially towards base inside. Flowers cream, 7—8 mm diam., males smaller;

pedicels 6—8 mm, articulate about middle, tomentose; calyx lobes 5, ovate, 3—5 x

2.5—3.5 mm, often carinate towards apex, yellow-brown crispate tomentose; petals 5

(one often reduced and crestless) , suborbicular and long clawed or spathulate, 4—5 x

2.5—3 mm, hoary towards base and claw outside, densely hairy on scales and claw

inside, scales as long as petals, bilobed, crested; disc glabrous, complete or nearly so,

suboblique, often crenate on one side; stamens 8— 10, filaments subulate, 4—5 mm,

pubescent from middle to base, anthers broadly ovate, to 1 x 1 mm; ovaries tri-

gonous, globose, villous, style 5 mm long, pilose. Capsules very broadly obovoid or

obcordate, apiculate, 1.5—2 x 2—4 cm, 3 or 2—sulcate, golden rusty velutinous

tomentose outside, valves semicoriaceous, pilose pubescent inside with appressed

hairs; seeds subellipsoid, brown, nearly covered by orange-red aril.

Northern Queensland, Cape York Peninsula (from Bamaga to Iron Range and

along Mcllwraith Range). Scattered in gallery rainforests or dry monsoon forests,

usually on stony soil, on hills and beside creeks.

CooK DISTRICT: Bamaga Mission, Oct 1965, Smith 12411. Tozer Gap, Tozer Range, Jul 1910, Brass

19520; Mt. Tozer flank (12°45'S, 143°10’E), Jun 1972, Irvine 229; Kennedy Road, W. Claudie River

(12°45'S, 143°15’E), Aug 1965, Gitins 1041; Leo Creek (13°40’S, 143°20'E), Sep 1972, Hyland 6386, T.R.

14 Rocky River, (13°50'S 143°25'E), Sep 1973, Hyland 6798.

The species is closest to D. cunninghamii but differs chiefly in large flowers

(about 8 mm diameter), habit (smaller stature 2—4 m), leaflets with acuminate tips

and long petiolulate.

7. Diploglottis cunninghamii (Hook.) Hook.f. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 1:395

(1862); Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:454 (1863); F.M. Bailey, Qd Fl. 1:287 (1899);

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:905 (1927). Based on Cupania cunninghamii Hook.,

ae Bot. Mag. 75,t.4470 (1849). Type: Cultivated specimen at Kew (not

seen).

Stadtmannia australis Cunn. mss., Curt. Bot. Mag. 75,t.4470 (1849), pro syn. Diplog-

lottis australis Radlk., Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 9:486, 499, 531 (1879). Based

on Stadtmannia australis Cunn. mss. non G. Don “‘Diploglottis australis (G.

Don) Radlk.’’; R.H. Anders., Trees of N.S.W. ed. 3:254 (1957): Beadle,

Evans and Carolin, Handb. Vasc. Plants Sydney Dist. ed. 1. 324 (1962); Fran-

cis, Aust. Rain-For. Trees ed. 3:252 (1970).

Misapplied name: Stadtmannia australis G. Don, Gen. Syst. 1:669 (1831).

Trees 6—35 m, branching at top; young parts especially young leaves rusty

velutinous tomentose; branchlets stout, fluted, densely rusty villous hairy with

spreading hairs, petioles, rachises, petiolules and peduncles also rusty tomentose.

Leaves large, with petiole (28—) 45.5—130 cm long, with 3—5(—8) large leaflets

each side of rachis; petioles 8—11(—17) cm, terete, trisulcate, broad at base; rachises

11—35(—71) cm, terete, trisulcate; pinnae subopposite or alternate, oblong or ellip-

tic-oblong, rarely oblong-ovate or often basal pair obovate, tips broad, rounded,

obtuse or rarely abruptly acuminate, margins repand, bases usually broad and trun-

cate, oblique unequal and usually cut on one side to about second last pair of lateral

nerves, rarely obtuse, 9—33(—51) x 5—12(—18) cm, Guvenile leaves often simple,

obovate-oblong, to 29 x 12 cm), upper surfaces usually glabrous except rusty

midribs, lower ones pubescent to puberulent often pellucid dotted, semicoriaceous,

lateral nerves 19—28 pairs, suboblique, parallel, bullate between nerves and transver-

sely corrugate; petiolules 0.2—1.5 cm, semiterete, broad at base. Panicles in upper

axils often clustered below velutinous young leaves, usually large with stout pedun-

cles and divaricate branches, 12—50 cm long and as wide, copiously flowered.

397

Flowers 4—6 mm diam.; pedicels to 6 mm, villous; calyces 4 mm long, lobes ovate,

2.5—3 x 2—2.5 mm, densely villous outside; petals 4, rarely with reduced fifth one,

broadly obovate and shortly clawed, 2.5 x 2.5 mm, glabrous; scales 2, broad, as long

as petals, crests fleshy, stipitate; disc incomplete, glabrous; stamens 8-10, filaments

subulate, 3 mm long, pilose from middle to base; ovary subglobose, hairy, style sim-

ple. Capsules yellow-orange, subglobose and 1-celled or transversely ellipsoid, 3 or

2—sulcate or lobed, 1.3—1.8 x 2.5—3 cm, turgid, valves thin, veined, pale rusty

velvety hairy on outside, pilose puberulent inside: seeds brown, orbicular, carinate on

margins, nearly covered by 2—lobed orange- -red acidic aril.

Southern Queensland as far west as Bunya Mountains and to Illawarra District in

New South Wales, usually to altitudes around 1,000 m, in rainforests.

Queensland. MORETON DistricT: Upper Brookfield, Jun 1926, White s.n.. Mt Glorious, Jan 1945,

Clemens s.n. DARLING Downs District: Emu Vale on T.R. 399, Nov 1950 (BRI 161867); Bunya Mts, Oct

1919, White s.n. New. South Wales: Hastings River District, Sep 1892 Browns.n., Clarence River, Wilcox

s.n., 17 km NNW Dungog, May 1960, Story 7330; Terragon, 20 km S of Murwillumbah on Kyogie Road,

May 1978, Jessup 118. .

Common Name: Native Tamarind.

Uses: Acid fruits (aril) have been used for jam making and for acid drinks. Tim-

ber is said to be suitable for general indoor work.

In making the combination Dip/log/ottis australis, Radlkofer cited it as D. australis

(Cunn.) Radlk. and cited Stadmannia australis Cunn. as a synonym. Radikofer

intended to base his name on S. australis Cunn. In his references to S. australis he

also cited G. Don, Gen. Syst. 1 (1831) 669. Curiningham’s name was published as a

synonym without description whereas Don’s was validly published and consequently

Radikofer’s name has often been cited as D. australis (G. Don) Radlk.

The protologue of Stadtmannia australis G. Don does not apply to the plant de-

scribed as Cupania cunninghamii (to which Hooker referred S. australis Cunn.) and by

Radikofer as Diploglottis australis. Radlkofer noted that Don had drawn up his descrip-

tion from a cultivated plant and that Cunningham had not been mentioned by Don. It

has been suggested that Don described a young plant with few leaflets but this is

unlikely as he described it as a spreading tree and noted that it was propagated by cut-

tings.

As Cupania cunninghamii Hook. and Stadtmannia australis G. Don are not con-

specific the latter should be disregarded in deciding the correct name for the Austra-

lian plant. The combination D. cunninghamii Hook.) Hook.f. based on Cupania cun-

ninghamii Hook. must be used instead of D. australis Radlk. The last should be

regarded as a new name, not as a new combination, as it was based on an illegitimate

name.

8. Diploglottis diphyllostegia (F. Muell.) F.M. Bailey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 1:148

(1885), Qd FI. 1:287 (1899). Based on Cupania diphyllostegia F. Muell., Fragm.

5:145 (1866).

Ratonia AEROS F. Muell. Lc., pro syn. Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy (not

seen).

Diploglottis cunninghamii Hook. f. var. diphyllostegia J.F. Bailey, Qd Agric. J. 5:396

(Oct 1899): Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:906 (1927).

met cunninghamii Hook. f. var. muelleri F.M. Bailey, Qd Fl. 1:287 (Dec

1899).

Trees 10—30 m tall and to 30 cm girth; young parts densely hairy with spreading

pale rusty villous hairs, young leaves rusty velutinous; branchlets usually fluted,

tomentose with pale curly hairs intermingled with long spreading rusty hairs,

minutely lenticellate. Leaves with petiole 14—38(—70) cm long, with 2—9 leaflets ©

398

each side of rachis; petioles 3—5(—11) cm, ribbed, broad at trisculate base, pubes-

cent; rachises ribbed, 3—7(—21) cm, pubescent; pinnae alternate or subopposite,

elliptic-oblong, subobovate-elliptic, oblong or obovate, usually broader above the

middle, tips acuminate (usually abruptly and shortly acute-acuminate) or obtuse,

sometimes nearly rounded, margins repand, bases oblique, obtuse or acute, 4.5—

18.5(—23) x 2—7.5(—9.5) cm, glabrous or puberulent on the nerves above, rusty

pubescent or puberulent below, semicoriaceous, lateral nerves 14—22 pairs, subobli-

que; petiolules 2—6 mm, broad at base, pubescent. Thyrsiform panicles axillary or

pseudoterminal, usually clustered at tips of branchlets below velutinous young

leaves, mainly polygamo-gynomonoecious, copiously flowered, 14—-29 x 2—26 cm,

_ peduncles densely hairy with long spreading crinkly hairs, laxly branched, branches

‘divaricate, slender, ribbed, cymules 4—7-flowered; bracts ovate-oblong, 4—5 x 1

mm, tomentose outside. Flowers 4—5 mm diam., males smaller; pedicels 2—6 mm,

pubescent; calyx lobes ovate, 2—2.5 x 1.5—2 mm, petals 4 or 5, if 5 then one slightly

reduced and crestless, spathulate, long clawed, 3—3.5 x 2.5 mm, glabrous; scales

bilobed, as long as petals, hairy on margins, crests fleshy; disc crescent-shaped or

nearly complete, fleshy, glabrous; stamens 8, filaments 2—3 mm, puberulent or

glabrescent, ovary villous tomentose, styles stout, glabrous. Capsules yellowish or

orange, transversely ellipsoid 3 or 2-sulcate, 0.8—1.7 x 1.5—2.8 cm; or l-lobed,

globose, 1.3—1.7 x 1.4—1.7 cm; lobes subglobose, chartaceous, pale rusty tomentose

outside, pubescent inside, aril acidic, orange-yellow enclosing seed.

Queensland, Claudie River to Eungella Range usually at high altitudes (to 800

m) at edge of rainforest or riverside scrubs.

Cook DIstRicT: Claudie River (12°45’S, 143°20’E), Oct 1973, Hyland 7001; Annan River, June 1962,

Gittins 564; S.F.R. 310, Goldsborough L.A. (17°13’S, 145°47’E), Sep 1972, Moriarty 1167, Wongabel S.F.R.

191, (17°20’S, 145°28’E), Oct 1975, Brasselfs.n., near Atherton (approx. 17°10’S, 145°30'E), Jul 1972,

Beamish s.n., $.F.R. 185 Danbulla, Sept 1929, Doggreifs.n. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Jarra Creek, Tully

area, Dec 1952, White 432; Rockingham Bay, Baifey s.n., Herbert River, Eaton s.n., Strathdickie near

Proserpine, Oct 1936, McPherson 90, SOUTH KENNEDY D Isrict: 29 km W of Mackay, Nov 1976, Turners.n.;

rue Range, Oct 1922, Francis s.n. L EICHHARDT DISTRICT: Bee Creek (21°S, 148°E), Clemenss.n. (BRI

Quite a variable species; e.g. specimens from around Eungella Range and Proser-

pine usually have fewer leaflets which are obovate with obtuse apices.

ATALAYA |

ATALAYA Blume, Rumph. 3 : 186 (1847). Type species: A. salicifolia (A. DC.)

Blume, based on Sapindus salicifolia A. DC.

Dioecious shrubs or trees. Leaves paripinnate- rarely imparipinnate or simple;

petioles and rachises winged in some species; pinnae in 1—6(—10) opposite or alter-

nate pairs, in most species long and narrow, margins entire, coriaceous, lateral nerves

usually fine; sessile or petiolulate. Thyrsiform panicles terminal or in upper

axils, usually large and copiously flowered; cymules shortly stalked, dichasial or

pleiochasial. Flowers polygamous; pedicellate; bracteate; sepals 5, imbricate, une-

qual, suborbicular or elliptic-obovate, concave; petals 4 or 5, elliptic-obovate shortly

clawed, usually appressed hairy on outside with glabrous apical margin, scales

bilobed, rarely minute; crests usually absent (present in one species), or scales pro-

vided with slender appendages; discs annular, complete (incomplete in one species);

stamens 8, filaments erect, pilose, anthers oblongoid, usually glabrous; ovaries

-obovoid, 3-lobed, with 1 ovule per loculus. Fruits divaricately 3 or 2(—1)-lobed,

apiculate (residual style), separating into indehiscent, l-seeded dorsally winged

samaras;, samaras mostly obliquely depressed obovate; wings laterally elongated or +

erect, truncate, obtuse; seeds without an aril.

399

Eleven species from Africa to E. Malaysia, Papua and Australia; nine (four new)

in Australia.

1. Leaves simple, rarely pinnate. Petals densely hairy all over on outside with sericeous white long

IBS Soa tity ATS a ean aoe Mee aid da ot La teat abel ier. df l. A. sericopetala

Leaves pinnate rarely simple (abnormal). Petals usually hairy from above middle to base, apical

margin puberulent or glabrous......0.0 0000 eee eee eee eee ee nee tenes

2. Rachises and petioles broadly winged with leaf-like closely and prominently reticulate wings.

Pinnacisvalhy sessile ut ie, cade esate dara aa aan eed Vlad etalon « 2. A. variifolia

Rachises and petioles rarely winged (except in juvenile ones), wings if present narrow, not as

above, Pinnae petioltilate....4. -.aas4.45 sateen ce eee eee Male teen e ages Ogee 04 RE a doe gene 4 3

3. Pinnae usually linear and long and falcate, more than 4 times as long as wide, 0.3—1.5 cm wide,

rachis and petioles often narrowly winged Fairies te cme tel ah es a Dhl ed A ast ath acy Sat d aneeka cart 4

Pinnae not as above, less than 4 times as long : as wide, 1.5—7.5 cm wide; rachis and petiole

MANDIGSSD 6.2 202 ¢ad20S> aR dae oGaels eee Ge Oe eee g wee es pp SOPIOS DA de doa, Oe Sede eeraaGeD 6

4. Pinnae green on both surfaces; glabrous; usually 2 or 4; rachis and petioles often winged. Flowers

Avid (Puts SlABHOUS FS ia ela ata wea ays tiie eee ea le AAD lage oe Badd ee ba eb Ss 3. A. salicifolia

Pinnae glaucous especially on lower surface; glabrous or puberulent; 2-17; rachis and petiole

sometimes narrowly winged. Flowers and fruits usually hairy..........00.... 0000. c cee crane eee 5

5. Pinnae usually 2—4 (rarely —6 or —10), opposite, 6—16 x 0.3—1.5(—2) cm, usually puberulent

below, rachises rarely winged (except in some juvenile ones}. Flowers 8—14 mm

pitta) eS as TS cy aa ee bn wap dunge dinate apie ate Lid edtaty ana tiene dha dy Ai AReadenutey 4. A. hemiglauca

Pinnae 8—12(—21), very rarely fewer, opposite or alternate, 1.5—7 x 0.2—0.5 (—1) cm,

glabrous; rachises narrowly winged. Flowers 5—9 mm diam MP AN te id turstpyidateataNed 5. A. angustifolia

6. Pinnae usually 1— paired (rarely 2 pairs), obovate or obovate-elliptic-oblong, tips rounded,

broad, truncate or retuse; lower surfaces usually glaucous .....0.00.0 000 ccc ee eee etn 7

Pinnae in 2 or 3 pairs (rarely 1 pair), elliptic oblong, subobovate, broadly ovate or narrowly

elliptic ovate-oblong, tips obtuse, rounded, or acute; lower surfaces not glaucous...............+-- 8

7. Pinnae 2—4, with acute or cuneate decurrent bases, glabrous, with numerous prominent

oblique lateral nerves. Petals 4, crested; disc incomplete crescent-shaped. Fruits with obliquely oblong

spathulate, divaricate, glabrous TIES cs nt £5 3 Pade hese Da Tepe en tate ate ae 6. A. multiflora

Pinnae 2, with very oblique unequal bases; hairy; with few lax lateral nerves. Petals 5, not

crested; disc complete, annular. Fruits with oblong cuneate, truncate, hairy wings ...... 7. A. calcicola

8. Pinnae long petiolulate (petiolules 1—3.5 cm long); bases unequal, truncate, (cut on one side to

second last pair of lateral nerves); surfaces shiny, vernicose, hard and rigid. Peduncles usually

very angular. Panicles 25—38 x 24—33 cm with copiously flowered cymules. Flowers large,

8—10 mm diam.; sepals and petals membranous; petals 7-8 x 3.5—4 mm........... 8. A. rigida

Pinnae shortly petiolulate (petiolules 3~6 mm long); bases oblique obtuse; surfaces not hard

and rigid, and shiny. Peduncles not angular. Panicles 1O—24 x 13—24 cm, with few flowered

cymules. Flowers small, 4.5—6.5 mm diam; sepals coriaceous; petals

AST 2 TIS oles. gs stacy en Ps are aha Ro eatoara aad sea Dh bok be en stne oes 9. A. australiana

1. Atalaya sericopetala S.T. Reynolds, species nova affinis A. australiana follis

plerumque simplicibus et petalis extus omnine sericeis praesertim differt.

Typus: Cook District: Morehead River, 102.4 km N of Laura, 6 Sep 1971,

A.K. Irvine 53 (BRI holo, QRS iso).

Shrubs or small trees 2—3 m, young parts, peduncles and pedicels finely pubes-

cent with pale rusty hairs; branchlets slightly ribbed, striate, somewhat viscid, len-

ticellate, pubescent to glabrescent. Leaves simple or paripinnate with 3—4 pairs of

leaflets; simple ones elliptic or elliptic-subobovate-oblong, 4.5—-17 x 2—8 cm;

petioles 0.5—3.5 cm, terete, pulvinate, glabrous; rachises 3.5—7 cm, terete, wing-

less; pinnae elliptic or oblong-ovate, 8—9.5 x 3.5—5 cm, tips obtuse, margins wavy,

bases oblique, obtuse, subequal, puberulent especially below, coriaceous, shiny

above, midribs ridged above, usually hairy, lateral nerves 10— 6 pairs, reticulation

prominent, petiolules 0.8— lem, pulvinate. Panicles large, copiously flowered, 8—27

x 2—22 cm, peduncles finely ribbed, ultimate cymules 3—7-flowered. Buds

sericeous; flowers cream, 4—6 mm diam. males smaller; pedicels to 2.5 mm long;

sepals elliptic-oblong, 2.5—3 x 2 mm, densely sericeous outside; petals 3—3.5 x

1,5—2 mm, densely sericeous hairy over the whole surface on outside, scales bilobed

or subentire, densely hairy on margins, crests absent; disc annular, glabrous, often

resinous; filaments densely hairy, 2—3 mm long. Samaras 2.5—3.2 cm long, yellow

pubescent; wings + erect, divaricate, obliquely oblong-cuneate, recurved, to 1.4 cm

wide at broadest part, margins subentire.

400

Northern Queensland from Coen to McLeod River, W of Mossman, in mon-

soon and riverine forests.

Cook DIsTRIcT: Coen, Jan 1906, Garraway s.n., 3.2 km S of Bathurst Bay (14° — S, 144° — E), Sep

1970, Hyland 4656; Groganville (16°25’S, 144°20'E), Dec. 1974, Hyland 7928.

The new species is allied to A. australiana from which it differs particularly in the

usually simple leaves and petals densely sericeous all over the outer surface.

2. Atalaya vartifolia F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:463 (1863); F.M. Bailey, Qd

F1. 1:300 (1899): Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:900 (1927); Radlk., Das Pflanzen.

Sapin. 2, 94b:611 (1932). Based on Thouinia variifolia F. Muell., Fragm. 1:45

(1858), Syntypes: Tropical Australia (Sea Range; Macadam Range; near

Fitzmaurice River), F Mueller (none seen). .

Small trees 3—8 m; young parts velvety tomentose, branchlets and peduncles

slightly ribbed, velvety hairy, lenticellate. Leaves pari- or imparipinnate, often simple

with or without lobes, 13—40 cm long including petiole; petioles 3.5— 10.5 cm long,

broadly winged at apex tapering to base; rachises 3.5— 14(— 18) cm, with 2—7 sessile

or subsessile leaflets; wings of rachis and petiole, oblique, subequal, leaf-like; pinnae

subopposite or alternate, variable, mostly narrowly elliptic oblong, apices obtuse,

margins entire, repand, bases acute, decurrent, 7—23 x 1.2—2 cm, glabrous or lower

surfaces puberulent, coriaceous, midribs ridged above, broad and prominent below,

reticulation dense; petiolules to 2 mm long, tumid, often obsolete. Panicles terminal,

usually laxly branched and copiously flowered, 10O—24 x 6—24 cm. Buds yellow

hairy; flowers creamy white, about 5 mm diam.; pedicels 5—7 mm long, villous;

sepals ovate-orbicular, 2—3.5 x 1.5—2 mm, membranous, sericeous pubescent out-

side, petals obovate shortly and abruptly clawed, 6 x 4 mm, pubescent on outside

from middle to base, margins ciliolate; scales bilobed with linear appendages, villous;

filaments pilose, 5 mm long; ovaries villous. Samaras with :£ erect wings, to 5.5 cm

long, tomentose; wings depressed obovate, broadest part of wing 1.5—1.8 cm wide,

margins crenulate or subentire.

Northern Australia from Weipa to Irvinebank in Queensland, Darwin-Gulf area,

Northern Territory and Kimberley Province, Western Australia, in a variety of

habitats.

Northern Territory. E. Alligator R, near crossing, Nov 1972, Ayrnes & Martensz 2820, Oenpelli

(12°18'S, 133°4’E), Oct 1948, Specht 1265, Western Australia: Kimberley Province, Lazarides s.n.

Queensland, Cook District; Weipa, Nov 1969, Nicholsons.n., N of Palmerville (15°39’S, 144°05’E), Nov

aes ey 1856; Channel Rd. between Walsh River Crossing & Dimbulah (17°19’S, 145°15'E), Oct 1975,

yiand .

3. Atalaya salicifolia (DC.) Blume, Rumphia 3:186 (1847); Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:463

(1863); Radik., Das Pflanzen. Sapin. 2, 98b:609 (1932). Based on Sapindus

salicifolius DC., Prod. 1:608, n 13 (1824). Type: Timor (not seen).

Thouinia australis A. Rich., Sert. Astro. t. 12, 31 (1834). Type: Melville Island,

Fraser (not seen).

Atalaya australis (A. Rich.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1:46 (1858). Based on Thouinia

australis A. Rich,

Atalaya salicifolia (DC.) Blume var. intermedia C.A. Gardner, Bot. Notes Kim-

berley Div. W.A., 61 (1821). Type: Carson River, Sep 1921, C.A. Gardner

1556 (PERTH, iso).

Atalaya virens C.T, White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 55:62 (1944). Type: Eidsvold, Dr.

T.L. Bancroft (BRI, holo).

Shrubs to spreading trees with drooping branches 3—10 m; bark grey with

transverse ridges, young parts puberulent, branchlets pale with minute lenticels.

Leaves paripinnate with | —2(—3) pairs of leaflets, 2—18 cm long including petiole;

petioles 1.5—6(—8) cm, pulvinate; rachises 1—3(—9) cm long, rachises and petioles

usually narrowly winged; pinnae opposite, narrowly elliptic-oblong or obovate-

401

oblong, obtuse or subacute at apices, acute at bases, 4.5—8.5 x 0.7—1.8 cm Guveniles

to 16x 4cm), glabrous rarely puberulent, green on both surfaces, shiny above; lateral

nerves 11—14 pairs, fine; petiolules 1—5 mm long, pulvinate, subglabrous. Panicles

terminal! or axillary, laxly branched, 8—26 cm long and to 16 cm wide, peduncles

puberulent to glabrous; bracts to 1 mm long. Buds usually glabrous; flowers 7—10

mim in diam.;, pedicels 4—7 mm, subglabrous; sepals 2—3 x 1.5—3 mm, glabrous;

petals obovate, abruptly shortly clawed, S—7 x 2.5—3.5 mm, puberulent towards the

base outside, scales bilobed as long as petals, hairy, with 2 slender appendages; discs

annular, glabrous; filaments pilose, 3—3.5 mm long; ovaries 2 or 3—lobed, slightly

villous hairy on angles otherwise glabrous. Samaras glabrous, with + divaricate, fal-

cate obovate-oblong wings, 2.5—3.5 cm long, broadest part of wing to 2 cm wide.

From Timor to Torres Strait, northern Queensland to as far south as Richmond:

River, New South Wales; also in Northern Territory and Western Australia. In dry

rainforests on stony soil, usually on hillsides.

Timor: South, Middle Timor, alt. 700 m (BRI 244164). Western Australia: Carson River, Sep 1921,

Gardner s.n, (PERTH); Careening Bay, Oct 1820, Cunningham (K). Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Torres

Straits, S.E. of Prince of Wales Island, off Packe Is., Feb 1975, Cameron 20107 & 20108; about 3.2 km S.E,

of Coen, to N of Port Stewart Rd, Oct 1962, Smith 11990. NorRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kinrara (18°30'S,

145°3’E), Nov 1941, Blake 14443. Port Curtis District: Butlerville via Mt Larcom, Oct 1962, Roffe s.n.

LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Gogango Ra near Edungalba, Sep 1943, Blake 15347. WIDE BAy DISTRICT: Big-

genden, Oct 1930, White 7337. BURNETT DISTRICT: Goodnight scrub about 65 km SW of Bundaberg, Jun

1957, Smith 9855. MORETON DISTRICT: Blackbutt Ra (26°S, 152°E approx.), Dec 1968, Trapnell & Williams

s.y.; between Lake Moogerah and Boonah, Sep 1977, Jessup 10. New South Wales. Reported from

Lismore to Warialda. Kyogle, Dec 1942, King s.n.

Common name: Whitewood.

4, Atalaya hemiglauca (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:463 (1863); F.M.

Bailey, Qd Fi. 1:300 (1899); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:900 (1927): Radlk.,

Das Pflanzen. Sapin. 2,98b:610 (1932). Based on Thouinia hemiglauca F.

Muell., Fragm., 1:98 (1863). Types: Mt Murchison,” Dallachy & Goodwin

(not seen); N.W. Coast, Bynoe (K); Hammersley Range, Nichol Bay, F. Gre-

gory (MEL 74649); Rockhampton, Canoona Rd, Thozet (MEL 74650); Albert

River, Henne (MEL 74651); Moonie River, Mitchell (K); Liverpool Plains,

May 1925, A. Cunningham (K)

More or less glaucous small trees, 3—6m; young parts pubefulent; branchlets

striate, lenticels minute. Leaves paripinnate with 1—3(—6) pairs of leaflets, rarely

leaves simple and broad, ovate; petioles 0.8—4.5 cm, terete, pulvinate, usually wing-

less, subglabrous or glabrous; rachises 1.2—4.5(—8.5) cm long, winged only in

juvenile leaves, then to 18 cm long; pinnae opposite, elongate, narrowly elliptic-obo-

vate or oblong-ovate or linear-oblong, usually falcate, tips obtuse or subacute, bases

usually acute, 6—16(—20) x 0.3—1.5(—2) cm, glabrous or with short appressed

puberulence, coriaceous, dull bluish-green, drying glaucous below; petiolules 1—5

mm long, pulvinate. Panicles terminal or axillary, laxly branched, 6—18(—23) cm

long and as wide, peduncles puberulent or glabrous, bracts 2—3 x 1.5 mm, ovate.

Buds sericeous; flowers white, fragrant, 0.6—1 x 1—1.4 cm; pedicels 2.5 mm long,

puberulent; sepals obovate, 2.5—5 x 2—3 mm, pubescent to glabrous; petals obovate

shortly clawed, to 8 x 3.5 mm, sericeous especially towards the base on outside,

margins glabrous; scales bilobed, crestless, villous; filaments 2.54 mm long, pubes-

cent; ovaries usually velvety hairy. Samaras with usually + erect wings, 2.1—3.8 cm

long, tomentose to puberulent with appressed hairs; wings depressed obovate, tru-

ncate with crispate or crenate margins, 1—1.3 cm wide at broadest part.

A widespread inland species in all states except Victoria and Tasmania, common

in tropical Queensland, Northern Territory, Western Australia, western New South

Wales and South Australia, growing-in a variety of soils in dry open mixed forests,

edges of brigalow scrubs and deserts.

402

Northern Territory: Argadargarda S.R., 18 bore, Sep 1954, Chippendales.n. (NT 298), 32 km W of

Katherine, Sep 1961, Speck 1663; 18.7 km N of Daly Waters P.O., Sep 1957, Chippendale s.n. (NT 3748),

112 km SE Ringwood Homestead, Simpson Desert, Oct 1954, Winkworth 633. Western Australia: Round

Kununurra-Ord Dam and Wyndham Rd, Sep 1970, Scarth-Johnson 536, 11.2 km S of Derby, Sep 1959,

Lazarides 6585, Halls Creek, Sep 1970, Scarth-Johnson 578. Queensland: CooK DISTRICT: about 32 km

WNW of Chillagoe, Nov 1965, Pedley 1825; 3 km E of Inverleigh on Normanton Rd, Oct 1977, Irvine 1871;

Lyndhurst Station Einsleigh River, Sep 1937, Brass & White 335. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: about 96 km S

of Mt Garnet and 80 km W of Ingham, Oct 1967, Morain 130, Lower Burdekin River, 1962, Wyatt 16.

BURKE District: Hughenden, Oct 1935, Blake 9991, Mt Isa, Oct 1974, Specht & Rogers 68 & 137,

Doomadgee Mission, Whitehouse s.n. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Boot Hill Ck about 70 km SW of Sarina, Apr

1970, Williamss.n., Mt Playfair about 96 km ESE of Tambo, Oct 1963, Biddulphs.n. MITCHELL DisTRICcT: 48

km NE of Longreach, Sep 1967, A¢cCray s.n., Blackall, Oct 1937, Everist 1563. GREGORY NORTH DISTRICT:

Between Glenormiston and Toko Ranges, Jan — Feb 1935, Boyles.n.; 19 km NNW of Pathungra (22°12’S,

140°34'E), Sep 1977, Purdie 1028. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 120 km N of Belyando River, Aug 1973,

Trapnell & Williams 68. PORT CURTIS DisTRICT: Between St. Lawrence & Marlborough, Oct 1937, White

12093; 2 km S of Rosewood Homestead, Feb 1964, Speck 1808. DARLING Downs DISTRICT: Between

Meandarra and Westmar, Nov 1958, Pedley 334; MARANOA DisTRIcT: Murilla, 14.4 km NW of Glen-

morgan, Nov 1958, Johnson 636, Gubberamunda near Roma, Oct 1930, Jensen, s.n. WARREGO DISTRICT.

Oakwood Station, about 80 km N of-Charleville, Oct 1940, Smith & Everist 869, About 48 km NNE of

‘ Thargomindah along road to Quilpie, Nov 1954, Smith 6067. South Australia: Stevenson River about 10

km E of Pedirka, Sep 1932, Jsing s.n. New South Wales: Warrumbungle — Toorawenah Rd, Dec 1973,

Streimann s.n., Monolon Station, 48 km ESE of Milparinka, Oct 1963, Constable 4591.

A very variable species in density of indumentum of leaves and flowers; width of

leaflets and length of petiolules e.g. Specht & Rogers 68 &137, Irvine 1871, and Purdie

1028, like type from Albert River (Burke District) Henne have very narrow leaflets

which are linear-ovate-oblong, falcate, 3—5 mm wide and about 20—30 times as long

as wide: subsessile; glabrous; flowers also glabrous, Glaucousness also varies with

age.

Common Name: Whitewood.

_.Uses: The plant is regarded:as a very good fodder tree: Its toxicity has been the sub-

ject of considerable investigation; field evidence suggests that it can cause staggers in

sheep, cattle and horses (Everist 1974).

5. Atalaya angustifolia $.T. Reynolds species nova A. hemiglaucae proxima a qua

praecipue differt foliolatis parvioribus angustis et plerumque pluribus (4—11

paribus). Typus: Cook District: 107.2 km S of Laura (15°40’S, 144°30'E),

17 Sep 1971, A. Irvine 79 (BRI holotypus, QRS isotypus).

Shrubs or small trees 0.5—4 m; young parts pubescent; lenticellate. Leaves

paripinnate with (i1—)4—6(-—11) pairs of fine narrow leaflets, 9.5—17 cm long

including the petiole; petioles 1—3.5 cm, slender, pulvinate, often winged; rachises

2—11 cm, adaxially ridged, narrowly winged; pinnae subsessile or sessile, opposite or

alternate, narrow, linear-obovate or linear elliptic-oblong, falcate, apices obtuse or

subacute, apiculate, bases attenuate, acute, 1.5—7 x 0.2—0.5(—1) cm, glabrous, dry-

ing paler below; lateral nerves and reticulations very fine; petiolules to 1 mm long,

tumid, often obsolete. Panicles terminal, copiously flowered, 13—25 x 3—10 cm,

peduncles slender, usually pubescent. Flowers creamy white, 5—9 mm diam.,

females larger; pedicels 3 mm long, pubescent; sepals obovate, orbicular or elliptic,

usually thin, 2.5—5 x 2 mm, sericeous pubescent outside with glabrous margins;

petals subobovate-orbicular shortly clawed, 4.5—7 x 2—3 mm, hairy outside from

middle to base, margins ciliolate; scales bilobed, densely hairy, with 2 slender appen-

dages; discs annular, fleshy, glabrous; filaments pilose, 2.5—3 mm long; ovaries tri-

gonous, villous tomentose, styles short. Samaras with divaricate or suberect wings,

velvety tomentose, 2.5—4.2 cm long; wings obliquely oblong-cuneate, subtruncate,

1.1—2 cm wide at broadest part, margins crispate.

Northern Queensland around Cooktown and Laura; in open woodlands or dry

scrubs, usually on quartz gravel.

403

M.A.SAUL \\

Figure 27. Atalaya. A. A. salicifolia, Al. Leaf. A2. Fruit. B. A. hemigiauca, fruit. C. A. angustifolia. Cl. Leaf.

C2. Fruit. D. A. multiflora, leaf. E. A. sericopetala, leaf. F. A. caleicola. ¥1. Leaf. F2 Fruit. G. A.

ausiraliana, leaf. H. A. variifolia, \eaf. 1. A. rigida, 11. Leaf. 12. Fruit. 13. Flower.

404

Cook District: Kennedy River, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey s.n., Annan River about 8-km SSW of

Cooktown, Aug 1959, Smith 10759; 99 km W of Cooktown, Aug 1966, Srory 7968.

The new species is closest to A. hemigiauca but differ chiefly in having smaller,

narrow and usually more leaflets (4—11 pairs).

6. Atalaya multiflora Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:463 (1863), F.M. Bailey, Qd. Fl. 1:300

(1899); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:900 (1827); Radlk., Das Pflanzen. Sapin. 2,

28b:607 (1932). Type: Brisbane River, F. Mueller, Dec 1856 (MEL 74652 lec-

totypus novus); W. Hill & F. Mueller, 1858 (K, syntype).

eae multiflora Baill., Nat. His. Pl. $:419 (1874) based on Atalaya multiflora

enth.

Small trees; young parts pubescent, branchlets slightly ribbed with minute pale

lenticels especially in grooves. Leaves paripinnate with 1—2(—3) pairs of leaflets,

4.5—16 cm long, including petiole; petioles 1—4.5 cm, semiterete, pulvinate;

rachises |—2.5(—6) cm, semiterete, winged in juveniles; pinnae opposite, oblong or

obovate-elliptic or obovate, apices broad, truncate or retuse, bases cuneate, acute,

decurrent into petiolules, or obtuse, usually oblique, 4—9.5(—11.5) x 1.5—4.5(—

7.5) cm, glabrous, coriaceous, upper surfaces glossy, drying dark reddish brown,

lower ones paler; lateral nerves subpatent or oblique, nerves and reticulations raised

and prominent especially below; petiolules 2—6 mm long, tumid, pulvinate. Panicles

terminal or in upper axils, copiously flowered with densely flowered cymules, 4.5—

17(—25) x 5—14 cm, peduncles puberulent; bracts ovate 1.25 mm long. Buds

sericeous;, flowers white, 7 mm diam; pedicels 5—6 mm long, pubescent; sepals

broadly obovate, 3—3.5 x 2—5 mm, semicoriaceous, sericeous pubescent outside

except the margins; petals obovate, clawed, 6 x 3 mm, inside glabrous except densely

hairy crested scale, puberulent on claw outside; disc unilateral, glabrous; filaments

4—5 mm long, pilose, ovaries villous at the upper angles, glabrous elsewhere.

Samaras with somewhat divaricate oblong cuneate wings, 3.5 cm long, subglabrous,’

broadest part of wing to 1.4 cm wide.

Queensland, from Proserpine to near Beechmont. Quite rare, has not been col-

lected since 1943,

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kelsey Creek, Proserpine, Thorogood s.n. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT.

Rockhampton, Higgins sn. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Imbil, Dec 1943, Clemens sn. MORETON DISTRICT: Ped-

wells Scrub near Samford, Jul 1925, Francis s.n.

7. Atalaya calcicola S.T. Reynolds, species nova, a speciebus ceteris Australianis pari

uno foliorum basibus valde ineaqualibus et paginis plerumque pubescentibus.

Typus: Cook District: Chillagoe-Aima-den road 5 km from Chillagoe, 10 Mar

1980, Simon & Clarkson 3596 (BRI holotypus).

Trees 7—10 m; young parts pale rusty tomentose; branchlets ribbed, velvety

with dense crispate hairs intermingled with long simple hairs; young leaves with silky

long hairs. Leaves bifoliolate; petioles 1—2.5 cm, isobilateral, tomentose; pinnae

opposite, obovate-elliptic with very unequal, subfalcate base, (acute on one side,

obtuse and cut to second or third pair of basal lateral nerves on other), tips obtuse

emarginate, 6—14 x 2.8—5.5 cm, surfaces pubescent or puberulent with appressed

long hairs, midribs tomentose, upper surfaces drying darker, lower ones usually

glaucous; lateral nerves 8—10 pairs, lax, reticulations also lax; petiolules 2—4 mm,

semiterete, pulvinate, tomentose. Panicles terminal or axillary, laxly branched and

flowered, 4—10 cm long and as wide, peduncles densely hairy with both crispate and

long spreading hairs. Flowers white, 7 mm diam.;, pedicels 5 mm long, tomentose;

sepals broadly ovate, + membranous, 3—4 x 2.5—3 mm, white hairy outside; petals

obovate shortly and abruptly clawed, 6 x 2.5 mm, rusty hairy outside, membranous,

margins ciliolate, recurved at base with small bilobed or rudimentary. hairy scale,

405

crests absent; disc annular, glabrous; filaments pilose, 3 mm long; ovaries densely

villous. Samaras with laterally elongate divergent wings 3.2—5.5 cm long, white

tomentose hairy, wings cuneate-oblong, broad, blunt, with wavy crispate margins and

apex, broadest part of wing 1.4—4 cm wide.

Northern Queensland, restricted to limestone outcrops around Mungana-

Chillagoe and Almaden, usually growing in deciduous vine thickets.

Cook District: 6.4 km N of Mungana (approx 17°05’S, 144°25’E), May 1970, Webb & Tracey 10197,

Chillagoe, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 8028, Almaden-Chillagoe Rd about 5 km from Chillagoe (17°10'S,

144°32’E), Aug 1973, Moriarty 1448.

This species differs from other Australian species in having only one pair of

leaflets with every unequal bases and their surfaces usually pubescent.

8. Atalaya rigida S.T. Reynolds, species nova. Foliola respectu formae accendentia

ad A. australianam sed respectu texturae dura rigidaque; et flores grandiores

sunt. Typus: North Kennedy District: Strathdickie North, near Proserpine,

Oct 1937, K.A. Macpherson 123 (BRI holotypus, QRS isotypus).

Small upright trees, seldom branched; young parts pubescent; branchlets ribbed,

minutely pubescent or puberulent with short hairs; lenticels pale. Leaves paripinnate,

1S—19 x 16—23 cm; peticles 2—5.5 cm, terete, trisulcate and pulvinate at base;

rachises 3.5—14 cm long, subterete, adaxially ridged, wingless, finely puberulent

with 2—4 leaflets on each side; pinnae alternate, broadly ovate or elliptic, tips obtuse,

bases subequal, truncate cut on one side to second last pair of lateral nerves, oblique

(often obtuse one side and truncate on the other), 10—14.5 x 5.5—7.5 cm, glabrous,

thickly coriaceous, usually hard, rigid, shiny and vernicose above, pale below; lateral

nerves 8-11 pairs, straight, arched at tips, reticulations dense, prominent; peticlules

semiterete, channelled above, 1—3.5 cm, pubescent. Panicles terminal or subter-

minal, densely flowered, 25—38 x 24—33 cm; peduncles usually very angular,

slightly ribbed, minutely pubescent, cymules copiously flowered; bracts 2 mm long,

ovate. Buds-hoary; flowers (female) white, 8-10 mm diam.; petioles 4-6 mm long,

tomentose; sepals obovate, 3—3.5 x 2 mm, membranous, hoary pubescent; petals

7—8 x 3.5—4 mm, obovate-oblong, shortly abruptly clawed, white pubescent

towards the base and thinning towards apex on outside; scales bilobed, densely

villous, crestless, often with slender appendages; disc annular, glabrous; filaments 5

mm long, pilose; ovary trigonous, villous. Samaras with laterally elongate very divari-

cate wings 3.5~—-3.8 cm long, pubescent; wings oblong-spathulate, rounded at apex,

puberulent or glabrous, to 1.3 cm wide at broadest part, margins subentire.

Queensland, Prosperpine area to Mackay.

NorTH KENNEDY DistricT: Cannonvale area, in 1976, Wynne 25; South Molle Island, Nov 1954,

Fielding s.n. SOUTH K ENNEDY DISTRICT: Mackay, Dec 1938, Mac4rthurs.n.

The leaflets of this species approach those of A. australiana with respect to shape

but the texture is hard and rigid and the flowers are larger.

9, Atalaya australiana Leenh., Blumea 13:126 (1968). Based on Sapindus ? australis

Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:464 (1863); F.M. Bailey, Qd FI. 1:30 (1899). Type: Cape

York, Voy. of Rattlesnake, Bot. 489, 27 Oct 1849, J. MacGillivray (K, holo).

Atalaya australis (Benth.) Radlk., Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 8:298, n 11, 327

1878) nom. illeg. non (A. Rich.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1:46 (1858); F. Muell.,

Syst. Census 24 (1882) & ed 2:41 (1889); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:900

(1927); Radik., Das Pflanzen. Sapin. 2, 98b:608 (1932). Based on Sapindus

australis Benth., l.c.

Misapplied name: Afalaya multiflora Benth., l.c. 463 (1863) p.p. quoad specimens

ex: Cape York, Oct 1948 J. MacGillivray, & Trinity Island, 4 Jul 1848, /,

MacGillivray (K).

406

Trees 6—20 m; youngér parts, branchlets and peduncles finely pubescent with

short straight yellowish hairs; branchlets ribbed with linear lenticels often in the

grooves. Leaves 14—25(—32) x 14—20(—36) cm, paripinnate with (1—)2 or 3 pairs

of leaflets; petioles 2.2—5.5(—6.5) cm, semiterete, pulvinate and often lenticellate at

base, puberulent to glabrous: rachises 1—8( ILS) cm, bisulcate above, wingless,

pubescent or subglabrous; pinnae opposite or alternate, elliptic-oblong, obovate-ellip-

tic or narrowly elliptic-subovate-obilong, tips rounded, obtuse or acute, margins

repand, bases usually oblique, acute, or broad and unequal, 6—14(—21) x 1.7—

6.5(—7.8) cm, glabrous or lower surfaces subglabrous, often thinly coriaceous;

lateral nerves 10—16 pairs, usually patent, nerves and reticulations fine, prominent;

petiolules 3—-6 mm long, semiterete, often channelled above, pulvinate, pubescent

with pale rusty hairs or glabrescent. Panicles terminal, laxly branched and flowered,

10—24 x 13—24 cm, peduncles with pale yellow hairs, cymules few flowered. Buds

hoary; flowers cream, 4.5—6.5 mm diam.; pedicels 3—5 mm long, tomentose; sepals

elliptic oblong or ovate-elliptic 2—3.5 x 1—2 mm, coriaceous, sericeous or white

hairy on outside, apical margin less hairy or glabrous; petals oblong-obovate shortly

clawed, 4—5 x 1.5—2 mm, densely appressed hairy on outside from above middle to

base with white hairs, margins ciliolate, scales bilobed, densely hairy; disc annular,

glabrous; filaments 3 mm long, pilose; ovaries villous. Samaras with + divaricate

wings, 2.5—3.7 cm long, pubescent; wings recurved, falcate obovate-spathulate,

rounded at apex, puberulent, margins crenulate or subentire towards apex, to 1.2 cm

wide at the broadest part (apex).

Northern Queensland from Torres Strait to near Proserpine; usually in beach

scrubs or strand forests, also monsoon forests in hilly country.

Cook DIstRicT: Kubin Village, Banks (Moa) Is, Torres Strait, Aug 1975, Cameron 2474 (QRS),

Bamaga, Galloways Creek, in 1962. Webb & Tracey 7108, Red Island Point about 25 km SW of Cape York,

Sep 1963, Jones 2478, Oct 1965, Smith 12550, NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 23,6 km N Proserpine P.O., Sep

1977, Guymer 1117 (NE).

JAGERA

JAGERA Blume, Rumphia 3:155 (1847) Type species: J. speciosa Blume, nom illeg.

| (J. javanica (Blume) Blume ex Kalman, based on Garuga javanica Blume).

Trees with saponin in bark, twigs, leaves and pericarp; branchlets usually ribbed

towards the tip, densely rusty hairy or glabrous. Leaves mostly whorled at tips of

branchlets, paripinnate; pinnae usually narrowly ovate-oblong subfalcate, serrate,

serrulate or entire at margins, midrib usually excentric, surfaces pellucid punctate.

Inflorescences thyrsiform, often clustered at tips of branchlets in axil of young leaves

or fallen leaves, polygamo-androdioecious or -andromonoecious, peduncles ribbed,

cymules shortly stalked, 2—7 flowered. Flowers small; pedicels articulate towards

base; calyces 5—lobed, lobes ovate, imbricate; petals 5, as long as calyx, clawed, with

2 hairy crested scales; disc annular, glabrous; stamens 7—9, usually exerted; fila-

ments pilose, anthers oblongoid-obovoid, glabrous or margins sometimes puberu-

lent; ovaries sessile, densely setose hairy, 3 or 4— locular, style short. Capsules

subgiobose, ellipsoid or oblongoid, usually obscurely 3 or 4—sulcate, apiculate, den-

sely rusty setose hairy, 3 or 4-valved; valves woody, verrucose and densely hairy out-

side with short hairs intermingled with long setose irritant hairs, villous inside, seeds

mostly solitary in each cell, obovoid with small basal, cupular aril.

Four species from East Malaysia to New Guinea and Eastern Australia, three

(one new and one new record) in Australia.

1. Leaves discolorous, whitish below; leaflets elliptic or elliptic-ovate, entire, 7.5—18.5 x 3—-5

(—6.5) cm; petiolules 8— 14 mm long. Panicles in upper axils or in axil of fallen leaves or

PETTUS ol egesrp-aco ot ob doh cdtnroa alo or ev evicly Set ets tae gdh ie dea eaten ae aN AREA tetany Sede 1. J. discolor

407

Leaves not discolorous; leaflets usually obliquely oblong-ovate, subfalcate, (1.5—) 2.5—17.5 x

0.5—5 cm; petiolules 1—5 mm long. Panicles axillary, in upper axils or clustered a tips of

branchiets in axil of and below densely hairy very young leaves and bracts................00000005 2

2. Pinnae 8—18 (—20) in number, 2.5—11.5 x 1—3 cm. Panicles 7—25 x 2.2—16 em, usually laxly

branched or unbranched. Branchlets mostly slender, densely rusty hairy to glabrous. (Leaves

with petiole (8.5—)17—27(—35) cm long). ...... 0.00. c cee cece cence eee eens 2. J. pseudorhus

Pinnae 19—24 in number, 6—17.5 x 2—5 cm. Panicles large, 22—36 x 14.5—19 cm, much

branched and copiously flowered. Branchlets stout, fluted, velutinous. (Leaves with petiole

SET PANG hed sha dtd ct ewrtadunten oh reeuenely De ene ee eee d eediely ete kp ob 3. J. serrata

1. Jagera discolor L.S. Smith ex S.T. Reynolds, species nova differt a ceteris foliolis

satis grandibus ellipticis marginibus integris et paginis infernis albescentibus

praeditis. Typus: Cook District: Climp Mountain, 7 Nov 1951, £.8. Smith

4977 (BRI holotypus).

Trees to 25 m high and to 45 cm girth, buttressed; young parts densely rusty

hairy; branchlets, petioles, rachises and petiolules with minute appressed rusty

tomentum later glabrous; branchlets rounded usually ribbed towards the tip, with

numerous pale ellipsoid lenticels especially in the grooves. Leaves discolorous, with

petiole 19—42(—54) cm long, with 3 or 4(—6) leaflets on each side of rachis;

petioles 7.5—10.5(—14) cm, subterete, pulvinate at broad base, lenticellate; rachises

4.5—20.5(—53 cm in juveniles) cm, subterete, grooved above, striated below,

usually lenticellate,; pinnae alternate or subopposite, elliptic or elliptic-ovate and obli-

que or subovate-oblong, tips abruptly and shortly acuminate or acute, margins entire,

bases obtuse or acute, unequal, 7.5—15.5(—18.5) x 3—45(—6.5) cm, glabrous above,

finely pubescent or puberulent below, lower surfaces papillose, greyish or drying

whitish; midribs grooved above, lateral nerves 7—12 pairs, obliquely arched and

ascending, usually drying reddish; petiolules 8—16 mm. long, decreasing in size

towards the tip, subterete, channelled above. Thyrsiform panicles, polygamo-

dioecious, axillary, in upper axils or in axils of fallen leaves, sometimes ramiflorous,

9—14 x 6—8 cm, branching from the base, peduncles densely minutely rusty hairy,

ribbed, branches racemiform, slender, divaricate; bracts ovate, 1—3(—5) mm long.

Buds subglobose; flowers 4—5.5 mm diam; pedicels 2—4 mm long, pubescent; calyx

lobes subequal, oblong-ovate, obtuse, 1—3 x 1.5—2 mm, tomentose outside; petals

subspathulate or obovate or suborbicular abruptly contracted into a long claw, crenate

or toothed at apex, 2.5 x 2 mm; scales equal, often missing, hairy, crests if present

usually small (often absent in females); stamens 7—9, filaments 1.2—3 mm (males

longer), pilose, anthers glabrous, 0.5 x 0.3 mm, (usually warty in females); ovaries

_ densely setose hairy and often echinate; styles stout. Capsules reddish with dense

rusty setose hairs, trigono-globose, carinate at angles, 1.2—1.6 x 1.2—1.8 cm; 3—

ee valves drying somewhat woody, densely pale villous hairy inside; seeds shiny,

rownish.

North Queensland from Mt. Lewis to Mt. Fox and Hinchinbrook Island and also

in New Guinea, in high altitude rain forests in mountainous country usually as an

understorey tree.

New Guinea, NEW Britain: Mt Talawe, Western slope above Tia, Talasea, May 1966, Frodin s.n.

(NGF 26792), Morose District, Ridge near Kui village, Oct 1965, Gillison s.n. (NGF 25007). Queens-

land: Cook District: Mt Lewis Exp. E/P 18, North Mary L.A. R 143 (16°30'S, 145°16’E), Sep 1973, San-

derson 436 (QRS); Copper Lode Falls Dam area, Cairns, Dec 1973, Birch 59, R 756, East Downey L.A.

(17°40'S, 145°S0'E), Nov 1971, Risley 28. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mt Fox, Oct 1949, Clemens s.n.;

Moomin, S.F.R. 99, Aug 1953, White s.n.

The new species differs from the rest in having fairly large elliptic leaflets with

entire margins and whitish lower surfaces.

2. Jagera pseudorhus (A. Rich.) Radlk., Sap. Holl. — Ind. 37 (107) (1877); Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89:906 (1927); Francis, Aust. Rain-For. Trees, ed 3:256 (1970).

Based on Cupania pseudorhus A. Rich., Sert. Astrolab. 34, f.14 (1834); Benth.,

“ing.

\ Z ye fi ——7, Wf Pn “A

Figure 28. Jagera. A. J. discolor. A1. Fruiting branch, A2. Leaflet (x 4). A3. Fruit (x 1). B. /. pseudorhusf.

pseudorhus, B1. Upper part of leaf (x 14). B2. Flower (x 6). B3. Fruit (x 1). C. J. pseudorhus var.

integerrima, C1. Upper part of leaf (x A). C2. Fruit (x 1). D. J. pseudorhus f. pilosiuscula, D1.

Upper part of leaf (x 2). D2, Leaf margin (x 1). E. J. serrata, E1, Upper part of leaf (x 4). E2.

Leaf margin (x 1). E3. Inflorescence (x 1/3).

409

Fi. Aust. 1:459 (1863); F. Muell., Fragm. 9:92 (1875); F.M. Bailey, Qd. FI.

1:292 (1899). Type: Hastings River, Port Macquarie, Fraser (not seen).

Cupania setigera Cunn. ex Heynh., Nomencl. 1:239 (1840). Type: Moreton Bay, A.

Cunningham (not seen).

Trees 4—10 m, often spreading; young parts usually densely villous hairy;

branchlets usually slender, ribbed towards tip, densely rusty hairy to glabrous. Leaves

clustered at tips of branchlets, with petiole (8.5—)17—27(—35) cm long with 4—10

leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 1.5—12 cm, subterete, trisulcate at broad base,

hairy or glabrous; rachises 8.5—18 (—-26) cm subterete, densely villous to glabrous;

pinnae opposite to alternate, obliquely elliptic- or oblong-ovate, often falcate, acute

or acuminate at apices, margins serrate, serrulate or entire, bases unequal, oblique,

obtuse or acute, (1.5—) 2.5—11.5 x 0.5—3.2 cm, glabrous or puberulent above,

pubescent to glabrous below, semicoriaceous, shiny above; midrib excentric, reticula-

tion usually prominent, petiolules 1—3 mm long. Panicles usually clustered at tips of

branchlets below very young densely rusty villous leaves or in upper axils, 4.5—25 x

4— 16cm, peduncles densely rusty tomentose to puberulent or glabrous; cymules 2—

7 flowered; bracts linear ovate-oblong or subulate 2.3—8 x 1.5 mm. Flowers 4—6

mm diam.; pedicels 2—6 mm long; calyx lobes 2—2.5 x 1.5 mm, hairy or glabrous

outside; petals obovate, clawed, 3 x 2 mm, scales broad, densely hairy on margins,

crests slender or clavate and fleshy; stamens 8— 10, exerted, filaments subulate, 2—6

mm long, anthers oblong-obovoid, 2—2.5 x 1.2 mm, glabrous or margins villous;

ovaries oblong-ovoid, usually 3—grooved, densely setose hairy, style to 3 mm long.

Capsules ellipsoid, obovoid or oblongoid, 3 or 4 sulcate, 1.4—1.8 x 1.2—1.5 cm, 3 or

4 valved, densely hairy outside with brown setose irritant hairs, villous inside; septa

thick; seeds ellipsoid, dark brown with basal aril.

New Guinea and eastern Australia. Most common at edge of rainforests, along

creek and river banks on alluvial and basaltic soils.

Common Name: Foam Bark Tree or Fern Tree, also known as Pink Tamarind.

Uses: Trees are quite ornamental and are said to be used for honey production. Tim-

ber is light pinkish brown, close grained and has been suggested for tool handles. The

bark contains large amounts of saponin and has been used as a foaming agent in lieu

of soap by the natives of New Guinea. The bark is also used as a fish poison by

aborigines.

A very polymorphic species. Two varieties and several forms are distinguished

here with the extreme forms merging into the other.

|. Margins serrate, serrulate or subentire, a few leaflets sometimes entire but others of the same

leaf with at least a few serrulations. Reticulate venation prominent on both surfaces; lateral

nerves mot impressed above... 0.0.0 tcc cee ee tee e basen nner aeeees var. pseudorhus

(widespread Queensland and northern N.S.W.).

Margins always entire. Reticulate venation indistinct above; lateral nerves usually impressed

SSE eG: Mace beter eile ates Mer aoe Eee lel wire at ticb td ek mathe Sf eatse sate aunt Ades 4 ah var. infegerrima

(Atherton Tableland).

2a. J. pseudorhus var. pseudorhus -

Character as for the species and key above. Very variable in density of indumen-

tum, leaflet size and margins and also size of inflorescences. Two forms are dis-

tinguished, the extreme forms intergrading.

1. Leaves, inflorescences and branchlets densely rusty hairy. Pinnae 14—18 in number, rarely less

or more, 2.5—6 x 1—2.5cm. Panicles usually clustered at tips of branchlets, divaricately

branched, 4—26 x 4— 16cm, peduncles densely hairy 0.0.0.0... ccc uveee ee eee ees forma pseudorhus

(Southern form.)

Leaves, inflorescences and branchlets puberulent or glabrous. Pinnae 8—18 in number, 4—7.5 x

]—2.8 cm. Panicles in upper axils, unbranched or with few short branches, 9— 18 x 2—6.5 cm,

peduncles usually puberulent to glabrous ...........00 000.00 cece eee ee eee eens forma pilosiuscula

(in warmer regions from New Guinea to northern Queensland, finds its southern limits at Fraser Island).

410

forma pseudorhus

Trees 4—9 m, usually spreading, branchlets densely hairy to puberulent; petioles,

rachises, petiolules and peduncles densely rusty villous. Leaves with petiole 12—21

cm long, with (4—)7—9(—12) leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 1.5—12 cm;

rachises 8.5—15(—20.5) cm; pinnae opposite or alternate, usually elliptic-ovate-

oblong, falcate, tips acute-acuminate or acute, margins serrulate to subentire, bases

oblique, obtuse or rounded, unequal, 2.5—6(—9) x 1—2.2(—2.8) cm, upper sur-

faces shiny, usually puberulent, lower ones pubescent to puberulent. Panicles 4—26

x 1.6—16 cm. Calyces densely rusty hairy outside; petals with slender, cylindrical or

clavate crests. Fruits rich velvety red to orange-yellow.

From near Gladstone to Manning River, New South Wales, common form,

usually in fringing forests along creek banks and in remnant rainforests.

Queensland. PORT CurTIS DIsrRIcT: Rodd’s Bay Station via Gladstone, May 1950, BissettS709; 22 km

N of Rockhampton, Aug 1963, Speck 1706. WIDE BAY Disrict: 48 km SW from Bundaberg, Bancroft s.n.

BURNETT DIstRIcT: Goodnight scrub, 65 km SW of Bundaberg, Jun 1957, Smith 9837, Cania Gorge, May

1977, Byrnes & Olsen 3539, MORETON D IstRicT: Yarraman, S.F.R..289, Feb 1972, Moriarty 874, North Pine

River, Mar 1931, Blake 2358; Roberts Plateau Nat. Park, May 1929, White 6031. New South Wales: 1.6 km

S of Coaldale (about 35 km NNW of Grafton), Jul 1969, Clark, Pickard & Coveny 1844, Duck Creek, 3 km

5 of Alstonville (about 13 km SW of Ballina), Nov 1965, Constable 6477A; Whian Whian S.F., Oct. 1966,

ones S01.

forma pilosiuscula Radlk., Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. Wiss. 9:621 (1879). Type:

Rockingham Bay (not seen).

forma subglabrescens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:906 (1927). Type: Emu Park,

Rockhampton, Domin (not seen).

Trees 3—18 m; branchlets, petioles, rachises and peduncles usually with scat-

tered villous hairs or glabrous; branchlets with small lenticels usually in the grooves.

Leaves with petiole 15 —27 cm long with 4—9 leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 1 —

8.5 cm; rachises 4.5—16 cm; pinnae opposite to alternate, usually narrowly and obli-

quely ovate-oblong, falcate, attenuate and acuminate at tips, margins serrulate or ser-

rate or subentire, often serrulations pointed and glandular tipped, bases subacute,

obtuse, unequal, 4—10.5 x 1.5—2.8 cm, glabrous or often midribs slightly villous.

Inflorescences unbranched or with few short branches, axillary, rarely clustered at

tips of branchlets, 7—18 x 2—6.5 cm; calyces puberulent or glabrous outside; petals

pinkish with fleshy clavate crests. Fruits orange-yellow.

New Guinea and Queensland (from Cape York Peninsula to Fraser Island), in

dry rain rainforests, beach scrubs and also in mangrove swamps.

New Guinea, WESTERN DISTRICT: Daru Island, Apr 1936, Brass 6437; Morehead River, about 13 km

inland, Aug 1967, Pullen 7046, Lake Davimbu, Middle Fly River, Sep 1936, Brass 7943. Queensland.

Cook DISTRICT: Somerset, Cape York, May 1962, Webb & Tracey 6120; Pin Pin (13°12’S, 145°28’E), Oct

1973, Hyland 2923, Bloomfield River, Nov 1902, Poland s.n., S.F.R. 310 Goidsbrough L.A (17°11'S,

145°43’E), Mar 1979, Gray 1360 (QRS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kelsey Creek, Oct 1919, Michael s.n.:

Behind Little Ramsey Bay, Hinchinbrook Island, Sep 1975, Sharpe 1707. SourH KENNEDY DistrRIctT: R. 60

Ossa, Cape Hillsborough, May 1975, Hyland 4274, ‘‘The Cedars’’, Pioneer Shire, north of Mackay, Mar

1978, Bishop s.n., RS73, Eungella, Finch Hatton Gorge (21°05'S, 148°38’E), May 1975, Hyland 426. PoRT

coe DisTRICT: Middle Percy Island, Mar 1906, Tryon s.n. WIDE Bay District: Fraser Island, Jul 1919,

élrie §.n.

Very variable especially in indumentum and number of leaflets, specimens from

New Guinea usually having more leaflets while those from Kelsey Creek and

Eungella (near Mackay) have fewer leaflets with margins nearly entire and peduncles

and branchlets hairier than others. Collections from Daru and Hinchinbrook Islands

are glabrous or almost so.

The small glabrous leaved specimens from Fraser Island would probably fit

under Domin’s forma subglabrescens.

411

2b. Jagera pseudorhus var. integerrima $.T. Reynolds var. nov. J. pseudorhus var.

pseudorhus affinis a qua praecipe differt foliolis marginibus semper integris.

Typus: Cook District: Lake Barrine, Atherton Tableland, 9 Nov 1929, C.T

White 1354 (BRI holotypus).

Trees to 18 m, usually buttressed, trunks fluted, younger parts, petioles,

rachises, petiolules and peduncies densely villous; branchlets usually stout, 6 or 7—

grooved towards the tip, densely pubescent with short hairs intermingled with villous

hairs. Leavés with petiole 18—26 (—35) cm long with 5—10 leaflets each side of

rachis; petioles 2.5—5(—9) cm, subterete, broad, and trisuicate at base; rachises 15—

18(—26) cm, terete, bisulcate; pinnae alternate or subopposite, obliquely ovate-

oblong attenuate and acuminate or acute at tips, margins entire, bases oblique obtuse,

often very unequal, 3.5—7.5(-—~9.5) x 1.3—3 cm, upper surfaces glabrous except the

midrib, puberulent below, midrib excentric; lateral nerves 9—11 pairs often

impressed above, reticulate venation indistinct above. Inflorescences usually clustered

_at tips of branchlets 7.5—11.5 cm long and as wide, densely flowered, peduncles rib-

bed. Capsules oblongoid-ellipsoid, 1.6—2 x 1—1.8 cm. |

Northern Queensland, Atherton Tableland, in rainforests at altitudes 760—1130m.

Cook District: Forest Reserves 99, Western Logging Area (54/231), Nov 1953, White s.n.; S.F.R.

185, Lake L.A. (17°09'S, 145°36E), Sep 1968, Hyland 1950 (QRS); S.F.R. 194 (R. 263) (17°15'S,

145°25’E), Oct 1963, Hyland 481 (QRS), S.F.R. 194, Western Cpt 59, E/P36, (17°19'S, 145°26'E), Mar

1977, Unwin 237 (QRS).

Very close to var. pseudorhus especially the hairy form under forma pilosiuscula.

(i.e. collections from Kelsey Creek and Eungella near Mackay) but the leaflets of var.

ee are always entire on the margins and reticulate venation usually indistinct

above.

3. Jagera serrata (Roxb.) Radlk., Sap. Holl.-Ind. 10, 36 (80, 106) (1877). Based on

Sapindus serratus Roxb., Catal. plts.... not yet introd. 88 (1813) & FI. Ind. ed

2 0) :284 (1832). Type: ? Moluccas (not seen).

Garuga javanica Blume, Bijdr. 1165 (1825). Type: not known.

Jagera speciosa Blume, Rumph. 3:155 (1847), nom. illeg.

Garuga javanica Blume, |.c. (1847), pro syn.

Trees 13—20 m, buttressed; younger parts, petioles, rachises and peduncles

densely dark rusty-brown velvety hairy; branchlets stout, fluted, tomentose. Leaves

whorled at tips of branchiets, 35—51 cm long including petiole, with (8—)10—13

leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 3—11 cm, semiterete, broad and trisulcate at

base; rachises 25—39 cm, terete; pinnae subopposite or opposite, oblong-ovate,

subelliptic-oblong, subfalcate, acute or acuminate or subobtuse at tips, margins serr-

ate or serrulate, often serrulations gland tipped; bases acute, obtuse or rounded, obli-

que, unequal, 6—-17.5 x 2—5 cm, upper surfaces glabrous or the midribs hairy, lower

ones usually puberulent,; semicoriaceous;, midribs often slightly excentric, lateral

nerves 9—14 pairs, reticulations lax, prominent; petiolules 1—5 mm, subterete,

pulvinate. Panicles usually clustered at tips of branchlets in axil of and below

velutinous young leaves and bracts, 22—38 x 14.5—19 cm, much branched and

copiously flowered, peduncles ribbed, cymules usually 2 or 3—flowered; bracts

ovate-oblong, velutinous, 2—8 x 1—2 mm. Flowers 4.5—5.5 mm diam., yellow;

pedicels 2—-4 mm, pubescent; calyx lobes broadly ovate, 1.8 x 1.5 mm, pubescent

outside; petals pale pink, suborbicular, shortly clawed, 2 x 2 mm, scales half as long,

broad, hairy on margins, crests fleshy, clavate; stamens 8, exerted, filaments 1—3

mm, pink, pubescent, anthers obovoid, yellow; ovaries densely setose hairy. Cap-

sules (immature) obovoid-oblongoid, to 1.2 x 1 cm.

Moluccas, New Guinea and northern Queensland, (at Oliver Creek and around

Mossman). Usually at edge of rainforests.

412

Cook District: Oliver Creek (16°10'S, 145°25’E), Jun 1975, Hyland 3179; Intake, Mossman, Sep

1948, Smith 3972; Little Mossman L.A. (16°30’S, 145°25’E), Jun 1973, frvine 516; about 2 km SE of “‘The

Pinnacle’ about 13 km SSE of Mossman, Aug 1977, Moriarty 2253 (QRS).

Very close to J. serrata f. serrata (ex descr.) but leaflets are fewer; it is possibly a

form quite distinct from the two forms designated by Radlkofer.

HARPULLIA

HARPULLIA Roxb., Cat. Msc. FI. Ind. 86 (1813) & FL. Ind. ed 1 (2) :441 (1824).

Type species: H. cupanioides Roxb.

Trees or shrubs, often slender and unbranched; most species stellate hairy;

branchlets terete usually with numerous small lenticels, mostly hairy when young.

Leaves paripinnate, with 2—5(—8) leaflets each side of rachis; rachises and petioles

often with oblique wings; pinnae opposite or alternate, entire or coarsely serrulate;

sessile or shortly petiolulate. Inflorescences axillary, mostly in upper axils, supra-

axillary or ramiflorous, usually thyrsiform panicles, polygamo-andromonoecious;

bracts subulate, usually as long as pedicels. Flowers regular, mostly perfumed;

pedicels usually long, articulate below middle, sepals 4 or 5, free or almost free, erect,

imbricate, usually subequal, persistent or deciduous; petals 4 or 5, usually longer than

sepals, linear-obovate with reflexed apex, thick; or obovate and clawed or subspathu-

late with 2 inflexed auricles above claw, membranous; disc small, annular, mostly

lobed; stamens 5—8, usually unequal, exerted, filaments and anthers glabrous;

ovaries ovoid or suborbicular, laterally compressed, 2—celled with 1 or 2 ovules in

each cell, styles subulate, often long and reflexed in upper half, stigmas sometimes

spiral. Capsules sessile or shortly stipitate, usually 2—lobed, variable, often with very

divaricate lobes, apiculate (residual style), lobes oblongoid, ellipsoid or subglobose,

inflated and bladdery or somewhat compressed, loculicidally 2—valved with 1 or 2

seeds per loculus; valves thick, - woody or crustaceous, or thin, often veined; seeds

subglobose or ellipsoid, black, shiny; aril present or absent, if present nearly envelop-

ing seed.

37 species from Indo-Malaysia, Pacific, New Guinea and Australia, eight in

Australia.

1. Petioles and rachises usually winged at jeast in part, rarely wingless. Capsules broadly oblongoid-

obovoid somewhat compressed, truncate and apiculate at apices, lobes oblongoid, not inflated,

with oo in each cell; valves thickly coriaceous and wrinkled. (Usually slender shrubs 1—4

TRAN AR) A Se ark aS 6 € 65 oho orth ate abe dtabecn tency eh aerate weber alontnd ane hs Bible ete gy alk hee tig fa 2

Petioles and rachises not winged (except in some juveniles}. Capsules mostly divaricately lobed,

obcordate to transversely ellipsoid or suborbicular, apiculate; lobes inflated, with 1 (rarely 2)

seed in each cell, valves thick or thin, not wrinkled, often finely reticulate. (Usually trees taller

thinner fo oop gen bs a leg Beeb el bit eho ttn et Po este Seta ad ant ahred Seed ee tip ides 4

2. Petioles and rachises narrowly and obliquely winged usually to below the lowermost pair of

leaflets or wingless. Leaflets thickly coriaceous and shiny; petiolulate. Inflorescences usually

long and slender, drooping, 5—72 cm long, with interrupted clusters of

cymules...... path ae fe fase telco da ly oe wht Gila gene wittesiopntgtan ae te yrcning hee POI dante y gst dt L. H. rhyticarpa

Petioles and rachises winged to the base of petiole or to about 3— 15 mm away from the

base, wings often broad, entire or serrate. Leaflets thinly coriacous, sessile or subsessile.

inflorescences notas a bOVes eis siceai-deost alas carded doh 04 fa hada da edb aay kala ee 3

3. Wings and margins of leaflets coarsely serrulate or dentate, rarely subentire. Leaflets

semicoriacous with raised reticulation. Wings narrowing and ending in acute or subobtuse base,

3—-15 mm away from base of petiole. Flowers to 8 x 8 mm. Capsules sessile .......... 2. H. alata

Wings and margins of leaflets always entire. Leaflets thinly coriaceous, reticulations not raised.

Wings usually broad throughout ending in subcordate somewhat auriculate base, near or at

base of petiole. Flowers to 17 x 7 mm. Capsules shortly stipitate .................... 3. H. frutescens

4. Panicles clustered on old wood, 2—4 in a cluster, slender, 6.5—9 cm long, rarely supra-axillary.

(Capsules suborbicular or broadly ellipsoid with delicately veined lobes, reddish; valves thin,

arillus yellow. Leaflets 4—6 pairs, 11 —27(—32) x 4—8(—1].5cm)..............65. 4. H, ramiflora

Panicles usually in upper axils, rarely clustered below leaves, 4—47 cm long. (Capsules

transversely ellipsoid to obcordate; orange-yellow with reddish tint or brownish, vales thick

and crustaceous or thin, then seeds not arillate; aril red. Leaflets 2—5(—¥8) pairs,

it eat emo 3 Syd BE, Smee ier g Fh ct 2) Poe aT Pe MPN Perr 5

413

5. Sepals persistent in fruit, seeds nearly enclosed in aril; (valves of capsules thick, crustaceous or

somewhat woody). Petals oblong, thick, not auriculate. Leaves usually coriaceous...............5- 6

Sepals deciduous; seeds without aril; (valves of capsules thick or thin). Petals spathulate shortly

clawed with inflexed auricles above claw, membranous. Leaves thinly coriaceous.................

6. Leaflets elliptic or subobovate-oblong with broad usually rounded or retuse tips, rarely apices

acute; coriaceous. Inflorescences dark brown velvety tomentose, clustered in upper axils.

Capsules subsessile (stipes to 1 mm long) with 2 divaricate lobes, valves subwoody, pubescent inside

i Beg hes Ie ne Lele Oh io Peta tha DTG LNG Va Me eine PREM D Dun tao eat Goths ele aba JO LAMM Ten tide 5. H. hillii

Leaflets elliptic-ovate, usually narrowing towards apex with acute or bluntly acuminate tips,

thinly coriaceous. Inflorescences solitary, supra-axillary, peduncles finely puberulent. Capsules

stipitate (stipes 2—3 mm long), lobes not divaricate, slightly compressed at sutures; valves

somewhat crustaceous, or rigid, glabrous inside v0.0.0... ee eee 6. H. thanatophora

7. Capsules on stipes 1—4 mm long, valves thin, delicately but not transversely veined. Flowers 6—

12 x 5—12 mm; pedicels 5—10 mm, stamens 7—8; disc glabrous. Leaflets 4—6 (— 13), 5.5—

10.5(— 16) x 1.8—4(—7) cm, bases narrow, obtuse, oblique. Branchlets with pale

ERARIS 5d Rg ere, le beh 5 9a tg MEI Mgt typ BT OBE oe Bon OY paprcn tlicradanara terarsre-eeabel ea Mic th ste Mlle vele baths 7. H. pendula

Capsules on stipes 4—6 mm long, valves crustaceous, transversely veined. Flowers 1—1.6 x 1—

1.4 cm; pedicels 1—5 cm; stamens 5; disc rusty hairy. Leaflets 6—9, 10—19(—23) x 4—6.5(—

9) cm, bases obtuse, oblique, or subtruncate and usually unequal. Branchlets rusty velvety

A tS oi thd rela nace Atlatecrte ted oo eatin tht eees or hai ys eda gh ulna ois ace sete Gat Lt icetesl a 8. H. arborea

1. Harpullia rhyticarpa C.T. White & Francis, Qd. Dept. Agric. Bot. Bull. 22 : 10

(1920); C.T. White, Contr. Arn. Arb. 41 : 64 (1933). Type: Cook District:

Bernard’s spur, Bellenden Ker Range, F.M. Bailey s.n. (BRI holo).

Harpullia angustialata C.T. White & Francis l.c. : 12 (1920). Type: Cook District:

Yarrabah, Rev. N. Michaels.n. (BRI holo).

Small slender trees 2—6 m, often unbranched, younger parts ferruginous pubes-

cent; branchlets rounded, slightly striated, glabrous with few small reddish brown

lenticels. Leaves with petiole (7—~)18—31(—44) cm, with 4—5(—8) leaflets each

side of rachis; rachises and often part of petiole narrowly winged or margined with

entire wings which usually tapers and ends just below the lowermost pair of leaflets,

or rachises wingless often zigzag; petioles 4.5—10(—13) cm, terete, pulvinate, some-

times winged at apex, glabrous; rachises (5—)11.5—18.5(—38) cm, terete, adaxially

ridged; wings between each set of leaflets oblique, unequal, wider below insertion of

leaflet and tapering to next set of leaflets; pinnae opposite or alternate, elliptic-ovate-

oblong or subbovate-oblong with cuneate base or elliptic-ovate, usually narrow at

both ends, tips abruptly and obtusely acuminate, caudate or acute, margins entire,

bases acute or narrow and subtruncate with adjacent part of lamina upturned and hid-

ing midrib at base, 3.2—17(—29) x 1.3—5.5(—8.2) cm, glabrous or subglabrous,

dark glossy green and shiny, discolorous, thickly coriaceous with prominent nerves,

lateral neves 10—18 pairs, arcuate, usually ascending at tips; reticulation prominent

especially below; petiolules 2—4 mm, thick, pulvinate. Inflorescences in upper axils,

usually 1—S per axil, 5—72 x 1—3 cm, usually long and slender and pendulous with

golden brown tomentose peduncles bearing interrupted clusters of 3—17 flowered

cymules; bracts subulate. Flowers whitish, fragrant, 13—15 x 8—13 mm; pedicels to

7 mm, tomentose; sepals oblong-ovate, obtuse, 8—10 x 6 mm, yellow with pale

margins, tomentose; petals white, obovate-cuneate, with reflexed tip, 12—14 x 3—5

mm, glabrous; disc sinuate lobed, pubescent; stamens 5 or 6, filaments slender, to 6

mm long, anthers apiculate, 3.5 mm long; ovaries villous. Capsules shortly stipitate,

orange-yellow with rosy-pink flush or pinkish flush; broadly obovoid-oblongoid,

apiculate, 1.4—2.5 x 2.5—4 cm, (grooved in the middle with lobes oblongoid)

broader at apex, slightly compressed; valves coriaceous, drying wrinkled, pubescent

outside and puberulent and deep pink inside; seeds usually 2 in each cell, shiny,

blackish with cupular yellow aril nearly enclosing it; sepals persistent; stipes 2—3 mm

long.

Northern Queensland, especially common around Atherton Tableland; in rain-

forests in hilly and mountainous country and lowland ridges, usually on granite.

414

Cook District: Upper Parrot Creek, Annan River, Sep 1948, Brass 20172; Bloomfield near

Hopevale, Sep 1960, Smith 11103, near Noah Creek (16°10'S, 145°10'E), Apr 1972, Hyland 5977, Cape Tri-

bulation, Jul 1976, Jackess.n.; Mt Spurgeon, Sep 1936, White 10547, Mt Misery on Mt Carbine Tabieland,

Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 10824; Mossman, Aug 1948, Smith 3941; Mt Lewis, Nov 1976, Moriarty 2169,

Saddle Mt, near Kuranda, Apr 1967, Winkel s.n.; Davies Creek, Mareeba District, May 1962, McKee 9462;

Yungaburra near Lake Barrine, June 1932, Blake 9595; NORTH KENNEDY DisTRICT: Kirrama Range, Aug

1955, Volck 1103.

A very variable species in leaves and length of inflorescence but easily dis-

tinguished by its very coriaceous and shiny discolorous leaves with prominent nerves;

rachises if winged never extending far from basal pair of leaflets and very long slender

pendulous inflorescences.

2. Harpullia alata F. Muell., Fragm. 2 : 103 (1860); Benth., Fi. Aust. 1 : 470 (1863);

F.M. Bailey, Qd. Fl. 1 : 308 (1899); R.H. Anders., The trees of N.S.W., 257

(1957); Francis, Aust. Rain-For. trees, ed 3 : 261 (1970). Type: Clarence

River, N.S.W., Dr. Beckler (Not seen).

Misapplied name: Harpuillia frutescens C.T, White, Qd. Nat. 1, Bot. Notes 1 : 204

doit), from McPherson Range.

Tall straggiy slender shrubs or small trees 1-7 m, usually few branched; young

parts ferruginous tomentose; branchlets glabrous, with small raised lenticels. Leaves

clustered at tips of branchlets, 12—33(—42) cm long including petiole, with 3—6

leaflets each side of rachis; rachises and petioles broadly winged with oblique, reticu-

late, denticulate mucronate, repand or rarely subentire wings; petioles 6—10.5 cm,

terete, pulvinate, the wings usually tapering and ending in acute or subacute base 3—

15 mm away from base of petiole Guvenile leaves sometimes winged to the base of

petiole), solitary gland often present near base of petiole, glabrous; rachises (8.5—)

11—18(—23) cm, terete, wings between each set of leaflets usually wider at apex,

narrowing to base, glabrous; pinnae sessile or subsessile, opposite or subopposite,

elliptic or elliptic-obovate abruptly acuminate at tips; margins like the wings on rachis

and petiole usually irregularly and coarsely serrulate or repand dentate, rarely suben-

tire; bases cuneate, obtuse or subacute and decurrent, oblique, or subtruncate, 6—18

x 2.5—7 cm, lowermost pair the smallest, glabrous, rarely puberulent, shiny, dark

green, sermicoriaceous, lateral nerves 8—16 pairs, subpatent, reticulate venation

forming dense network, areoles minute, prominent, raised below; petiolules if pre-

sent 1—3 mm, thick, glabrous. Inflorescences axillary, slender, few flowered

racemes, 5—14 cm long, (females shorter than males), peduncles puberulent, len-

ticellate. Flowers white, 8 x 8 mm; pedicels to 1.3 cm long; sepals ovate, obtuse, 7 x 5

mm, puberulent outside, pubescent inside; petals linear or subobovate-oblong to 12 x

3 mm, glabrous; discs rusty hairy; stamens 8, filaments slender, glabrous; ovaries 2-

lobed, pubescent, style flat, sometimes reflexed. Capsules sessile, yellowish, broadly

obovoid, 1.8—2.4 x 2.8—3.8 cm, lobes obliquely oblongoid, often wider at apex,

turgid, slightly compressed at margins, valves coriaceous, wrinkled, minutely hairy

outside, glabrescent to puberulent inside; seeds 2 in each cell, shiny, chestnut-brown,

nearly enveloped by yellow to reddish aril; sepals persistent.

Southern Queensland and northern New South Wales, from McPherson Range,

where it is quite common, to Clarence River, usually at high altitudes in gullies and

steep slopes.

Queensland. MORETON District. Upper Nerang River, May 1977, Byrnes 3512; Ships Stern track,

Lamington National Park, Apr 1976, McDonald & Clarksons.n., Beechmont, Sep 1929, White 6198. New

South Wales. Geebung L.A., Whian Whian S.F. near Lismore (28°35’S, 153°20'E), Aug 1975, Moriarty

1688.

Very close to H. frutescens which differs in having entire leaflets and wings of

rachis extending to base of petiole and ending in subcordate base. Flowers also larger.

415

3. Harpullia frutescens F.M. Bailey, Rept. Bellenden Ker Expd. 15 (1889), Qd. Fl. 1:

308 (1899). Type: Cook District: Bellenden Ker, (alt. over 2,000 ft) FM.

Bailey s.n. (BRI holo).

Misapptied name : H. alata F. Muell., Fragm. 9 : 89 (1875) — from Rockingham

ay.

H. marginata Radik., Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3 (5) : 362 (1895). Type:

not seen, probably from Cairns.

H. holoptera Radik., Fedde Report. 20 : 40 (1924). Type: Cook District: Mulgrave,

1907, Diels 830 a & b (not seen).

Tall shrubs or small trees to 1 m, slender, unbranched; branchlets rounded,

somewhat warty, lenticellate, pubescent or puberulent. Leaves with petiole 18—38

cm, with 3—4(—5) leaflets each side of rachis; rachises and petioles broadly winged

to the base of petiole; petioles 3.5—8.5(—10) cm, the broad wing ending at broad

pulvinus in a subcordate or auriculate base, glabrous or puberulent; rachises 4.5—

18.5 cm, terete, glabrous above, puberulent below; wings broad, entire, reticulate,

often slightly wider at apex between each pair of leaflets and oblique; pinnae sessile,

rarely subsessile, subopposite or alternate, elliptic or elliptic oblong, often slightly

wider above middle, usually narrow at both ends, tips abruptly acuminate or caudate,

margins entire, repand, bases narrowly subcordate or truncate, 7.5—17(—19) x 2.3—

5(—7) cm, dark green, shiny, glabrous or midribs puberulent above, puberulent or

glabrous below, the midribs usually pubescent or puberulent, thinly coriaceous;

lateral nerves 9—11 pairs, fine, + arcuate, reticulate venation fine; petiolules to 1

mm, pulvinate. Inflorescences mostly in upper axils, often 2—4 in a cluster, 3—12

cm long and about half as wide, few branched, laxly flowered; peduncles slender,

densely pale rusty hairy or puberulent. Flowers 1.7—2 x 0.7 cm, white with pink

tinge, fragrant; pedicels to 5 mm, puberulent with scattered large rusty stellate hairs;

sepals 4 or 5, obovate-oblong, 7—8 x 3 mm, reddish-brown, paler at margins, pubes-

cent; petals 4, obovate-oblong, cream, 15—20 x 3.5 mm, reflexed at apex, glabrous;

disc 5(or 6)—lobed, finely puberulent; ovaries 2—lobed, tomentose, style thick,

recurved. Capsules shortly stipitate, crimson, broadly oblongoid-obovoid, broader

than long, 1.2—1.6 x 1.8—2.2 cm, lobes irregularly oblongoid, slightly compressed,

valves coriaceous, wrinkled when dry, puberulent or pubescent outside, glabrous

inside; seeds 2 per cell, enclosed in cupular yellow aril; sepals persistent; stipes 1—2

mm long.

Northern Queensland, from Ayton to Atherton Tableland area where it is quite

common in rainforests, usually in hilly country.

Queensland. Cook District: Ayton, Jul 1962, Gittins P 576, Mt. Bartle Frere, Jan 1935, Flecker s.n.,

5.F.R. 185, Downfall L.A, (17°10'S, 145°36’E), Unwin 9 (QRS); Juara Creek, Danbulla, Aug 1948, Smith

3740, NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Herberton, Bancroft s.n., Evelyn, in 1899, Bailey s.n.

4. Harpullia ramiflora Radik., Sapin. Holl.-Ind. 54 (126) (1877); Engl. & Prantl,

Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(5):362 (1895). Type: New Guinea (not seen).

Slender small trees, 3—9 m, sparsely branched; branchlets glabrous, pale, with

numerous small brown lenticels. Leaves with petiole 30—45(—70) cm, with 4—6

leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 3.5—9.5(—19) cm, terete, pulvinate, glabrous;

rachises 23—27(—44) cm, terete, wingless, glabrous; pinnae alternate, oblong-

ovate-elliptic or elliptic-oblong, acute or acute-acuminate at apices, margins entire,

bases acute or obtuse, 11—27(—32) x 4—8(—11.5) cm, dark green, glabrous, semi-

coriaceous, lateral nerves 12—18 pairs, arcuate, ascending at tips, usually slightly

impressed above; petiolules terete, grooved above, 3—8 mm. Inflorescences usually

ramiflorous and clustered with 2—4 per cluster, or supra-axillary, 6.5—20 x 1—11 cm,

few branched and laxly flowered, peduncles ribbed, slender, minutely rusty pubes-

cent or puberulent. Flowers white, 1—1.3 x 0.6—1 cm, fragrant; pedicels 5—8 mm,

articulate below middle, pubescent; sepals 5, oblong-elliptic or obovate, slightly con-

Figure 29. Harpullia. A. H. pendula. Al. Leaf (x 1/3). A2. Fruit (x 1). A3. Seed (x 1). B. A. hilt, BI. Leaf

(x 1/3). B2. Fruit (x 2/3). C. H. riyticarpa. C1, Fruits. C2. Fruit (x 1). D. H. fimescens, D1.

Leaf (x 1/3). D2. Fruit (x 1). E. H. alata, leaf (x 1/3). F. HW. arborea, fruit (x 2/3). G. H.

ramiflora, fruits (x 2/3).

4)7

cave, 6—7.5 x 3—4 mm, pubescent; petals 4, twice as long as calyx, narrowly obovate

oblong, reflexed at apex, 9.5—13 x 3—4 mm, glabrous, thick, veined; disc sinuate-

lobed, pubescent; stamens 5, usually unequal, filaments + subulate, 2.5—6.5 mm,

glabrous (in females to 2.5 mm long), anthers ovoid-oblong, 3 x 1.2 mm; ovaries

tomentose. Capsules shortly stipitate, reddish, suborbicular to transversely broad

ellipsoid with 2 suborbicular to + ellipsoid inflated lobes, 1.2—1.8 x 1.8—2.2 cm,

slightly compressed at junction of valves; valves thin, delicately veined, puberulent

outside, glabrous inside, seeds solitary in each cell, black, enclosed in yellow aril;

sepals persistent; stipe to 2 mm long.

New Guinea to northern Queensland, common in riverine rainforests or at edge

of rainforests; probably widespread in New Guinea, Only so far recorded from Iron

Range in Queensland, this being a new record of the species for Australia.

New Guinea. From Fly River to Milne Bay District, between 8°—10°S lat. and 143°—150°E long.

Northern District: Wanigela (10°05’S, 148°10E), Aug 1965, Buderua s.n. (NGF 20776); Palmer River, 3

km below junction Black River, Jul 1963, Brass 7246. Queensland.Cook Districr: Rocky River Catch-

ment, Sep 1973, Hyland 2851, Claudie River, Iron Range, Jul 1978, De Baar s.n.

5. Harpullia hillii F. Muell., Trans. Philos, Inst. Vict. 3:26 (1859), & Fragm. 2:104

(1860), Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:470 (1863); F.M. Bailey, Qd Fl. 1:308 (1899);

R.H. Anders., Trees of N.S.W., 257 (1957); Francis, Aust. Rain-For. trees, ed

3:261 (1970). Type: Durando, W. Hill (not seen).

Trees 6—20 m; young parts puberulent, branchlets striated, often pale with

numerous small elliptic lenticels and scattered rusty red stellate hairs; peduncles and

flowers with dark brown rusty velvety stellate tomentum. Leaves with petiole 13—-

35(—70) cm, with (1—)3—5(—8) leaflets each side of rachis, petioles 3.5—8(—

10.5) cm, terete, pulvinate, glabrous, often lenticellate; rachises 3.5—) 5.5—12(—

19) cm, terete, wingless (some juvenile leaves often obliquely winged), glabrous,

often lenticellate; pinnae alternate or subopposite, elliptic-oblong or subobovate,

apices rounded, obtuse, retuse, margins entire, bases subacute or obtuse, often obli-

que and subequal, $.5—16(—23) x 2.5—5.3(—7.2) cm, lowermost pair the smallest,

glabrous, coriaceous, discolorous, shiny above; lateral nerves 9—18 pairs, arcuate

and looping at margins; petiolules 3—6 mm, semiterete. Thyrsiform panicles in upper

axils, copiously flowered, 14—30 x S—22 cm; bracts subulate, to 6 mm long. Flowers

0.8—1 x 1.2 cm; pedicels to 4 mm; sepals obovate-elliptic, 6—8 x 4—6 mm, velvety

outside with yellowish hairs, tomentose inside, petals oblong, obtuse at reflexed

apex, 8—12 x 4 mm, white, glabrous; disc minute, pubescent; stamens 5, usually

unequal, filaments 4—5 mm long, anthers minutely apiculate, 3 mm long. Capsules

shortly stipitate, yellowish, transversely ellipsoid to depessed obovoid: attenuate at

base, or subobcordate, with divaricate, inflated, subgiobose to ellipsoid lobes, 1.3—

1.5 x 2.7—3,.5 cm, valves subwoody, veined, pubescent or puberulent outside, den-

sely long hairy inside; seeds mostly solitary, black, enclosed in red aril; sepals persis-

tent.

Chiefly coastal from Burdekin River, Queensland, to Clarence River, New

South Wales, usually in dry rainforests on hillsides.

Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY District: Clare-Burdekin Levee, Jun 1949, Smith 4408 & 4409, Can-

nonvale area, 1976, Wynne s.n., SOUTH KENNEDY DisTRicT: Mackay, Nov 1889, Griffith s.n. PORT CURTIS

DISTRICT: Rockhampton, &zerley s.n., S of Round Hill Head on iniand side of Peninsula, Mar 1970, Everist

. §.n. WIDE BAY DISTRICT: Bingera, Oct 1948, Srzith 4121, Dundowran, Sep 1965, Gittins 1134. BURNETT Dis-

TRICT: Mt Perry, Keys s.n. MORETON DISTRICT: Yarraman, May 1925, Cameron s.n.. D’Agiular Range NW

of Brisbane, Aug 1972, Moriarty 965; South Pine, Hill s.n., Green Island, Moreton Bay, Nov 1914, White

S.n.; Hotham Creek, on way to Beechmont, Dec 19$2, Smith $140, 3 km S of Canungra, Nov 1970,

Williams sn. New South Wales. Recorded from Whian Whian S.F, to Kangaroo River S.F.

Tips.of leaflets vary, the southern ones usually with rounded retuse tips while

some northern ones have abruptly acuminate or acute apices.

418

6. parla thanatophora Blume, Rumph. 3: (1847). Type: New Guinea (not

seen).

H. leichhardtii F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 1:470 (1863); Radlk., Sap. Holl.-Ind.

52 (122) (1877). Type: Port Essington. Leichhardt (not seen).

Trees; young parts and peduncles puberulent, branchlets with small lenticels.

Leaves with petiole 12—30 cm, with 2—3 leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 3—7

cm, terete, pulvinate; rachises 9.5—11.5 cm, terete, wingless; pinnae alternate, varia-

ble, elliptic-ovate to elliptic-oblong, oblique, usually attenuate at tips, acute or

obtusely acuminate or obtuse, margins entire, bases rounded or obtuse, subequal,

oblique, glabrous or lower surfaces glabrescent, shiny above, thinly coriaceous;

lateral nerves 7—12 pairs, suboblique, slender, reticulations lax, fine; petiolules 3—

10 mm, grooved above. Inflorescences solitary, supra-axillary, 6~14 cm long, laxly

branched. Flowers not seen; persistent sepals elliptic, to 5 x 2.5 mm, tomentose. Cap-

sules stipitate, broadly subobcordate or to broadly transversely ellipsoid, with +

suborbicular, inflated lobes, slightly compressed at margins, 1.4—2.2 x 2.5—4.2 cm,

valves thick, somewhat crustaceous, puberulent outside, glabrous inside; seeds soli-

tary, ellipsoid, covered by aril; stipe 2—3 mm long.

New Guinea and northern Australia, in rainforests.

Northern Territory. Yirrkala Mission, Jan 1974, Scariets.n.

7, Harpullia pendula Planchon ex F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Inst. Vict. 3:26 (1859),

Fragm. 2:104 (1950); Benth., Fi. Aust. 1:471 (1863); F.M. Bailey, Qd FI.

1:309 (1899); R.H. Anders., Trees of N.S.W., 256 (1957); Francis, Aust.

Rain-For. trees, ed 3:261 (1970). Type: Forests near Moreton Bay (not seen).

Trees JO—15 m high and to 50 cm girth; buttressed; younger parts and pedun-

cles with scattered pale brown, fine appressed stellate hairs; branchlets pale with small

ellipsoid lenticels. Leaves with petioles 11.5—28 cm long with 2 or 3(—7) leaflets

each side.of rachis; petioles.2,2—5.5(—10).cm, subterete, pulvinate;.rachises. 1.5—

6(—9) cm, terete, adaxially ridged, wingless; pinnae alternate, elliptic-oblong or

subobovate-oblong, apices acuminate or obtuse, margins entire, bases subacute or

obtuse, oblique, 5.5—10.5(—16) x 1.8—4(—7) cm, pale green, glabrous or puberu-

lent especially on midribs below, semicoriaceous; lateral nerves 6—12 pairs, reticu-

late venation lax; petiolules 3—6 mm, slender, adaxially ridged, glabrescent or

glabrous. Thyrsiform panicles supra-axillary, narrow, laxly branched and flowered,

3—28 cm long, cymules 2 or 3 flowered. Flowers 6--12 x 5—12 mm, greenish-

yellow, faintly perfumed; pedicels 5—10 mm, pubescent; sepals oblong or suborbicu-

lar, concave, 4—5 x 3—3.5 mm, pubescent or puberulent, deciduous; petals obovate

with auriculate short claw, 7—8 x 3 mm, pubescent inside (towards base), puberulent

outside; disc crenulate, glabrous; stamens 7 or 8, filaments 6 mm long, subulate;

ovaries tomentose, style stout to 1 cm long, twisted or sigmoid at apex. Capsules very

shortly stipitate to nearly sessile, reddish ripening yellow-orange with red flush,

transversely ellipsoid with very divaricate, subglobose, bladdery lobes, 1.3—2.4 x

2.6—3.8 cm, valves thin, delicately veined, subglabrous outside, glabrous inside;

seeds mostly solitary, subglobose, shiny, black, exarillate; stipes, 1—3 mm long,

puberulent.

Coastal from Black Mt near Helenvale, northern Queensland to Bellinger River,

New South Wales; usually along creek banks in dry or cleared rainforests on basalt.

Queensland. Cook District: Black Mountain (15°31'S, 145°14’E), Aug 1959, Smith 10717A; Road-

side Mulgrave River approx N of crossing, May 1971, O'Farrell s.n.. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Koolmoon

Creek 16 km SSE of Ravenshoe, Sep 1950, Smith 4725; Stuart Creek, S of Townsville, Aug 1942, Smith

4102. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mackay, Nov 1897, Nugent s.n. PORT Curtis District: 10 km SW of

Tynan Homestead, June 1963, Lazarides 6890; Baffle Creek District, Apr 1920, White s.n. WIDE Bay DIs-

TRICT: Dundowran via Nikenbah, Jul 1928, Tryon s.n.; Imbil, Nov 1917, Epps s.n. BURNETT DISTRICT: Mt.

Perry, Keys s.n. MORETON DiIsTRICT: Brookfield, Brisbane, Jul 1971, Moriarty 749, 3 km S of Canungra,

Nov 1970, Willams s.n.; Burleigh Heads, May 1977, Byrnes 3519. New South Wales. Recorded from

Tweed Heads to Bellinger River: 19 km from Woodenbong on Stanthorpe Rd, Nov 1946, Everist & Webb

1394; Tweed Heads, Jan 1914, Boorman s.n.

419

Common Name: ‘‘Tulipwood” or “‘Tulip Lancewood’’.

Uses: Timber used for cabinet making, penholders, walking sticks. Also cultivated as

an ornamental tree.

8. Harpullia arborea (Blanco) Radik., Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 16:404 (1886);

Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(5):362 (1895). Based on Prelea arborea

Blanco, Fl. Filip. 63 (1837). Type: not seen.

Blancoa arborea Blume, Rumph. 3:181 (1847). Based on Prelea arborea Blanco.

Otonychium imbricatum Blume \.c. 180 (1847). Type : not seen (? from Ceylon).

H. ra ae Thw., Enum. Pi. Zey. 56 (1859). Based on Otonychium imbricatum

ume.

A. aes F.—Villar, Blanco, Fl. Filip. ed 3:4 (1880). Based on Ptelea arborea

lanco.

Trees 10—20 m tali and 6—20 cm girth; young parts dark rusty velvety tomen-

tose; branchlets pale with numerous small lenticels, pubescent to glabrescent. Leaves

with petiole 15—37 (—53) cm with 3—5 leaflets each side of rachis; petioles 4—9(—

12.5) cm, broad at base, glabrescent or pubescent especially towards the base;

rachises 4—22(—34) cm, terete, pubescent or glabrescent; pinnae alternate or subop-

posite, elliptic-oblong or elliptic-subobovate, apices acute, acuminate, often abruptly

acuminate or obtuse, margins entire, bases oblique, obtuse and usually unequal, 10—

19(—27) x 4—6.5(—10) cm, glabrous or puberulent on the midrib and nerves

below, semicoriaceous; petiolules 4—6 mm, dark rusty tomentose. Inflorescences in

upper axils or ramiflorous and clustered on short lateral branches, usually 2 or 3 ina

cluster, laxly branched and flowered, males 4—22 cm long, females 15—47 cm long,

peduncles rusty pubescent or puberulent with large stellate hairs, cymules 2 or 3

flowered. Flowers 1—1.6 x 1—1.4 cm, greenish white or yellowish, females larger

and on longer stalks; pedicels 1—5 cm long, filiform, usually drooping, pubescent

with large stellate hairs; sepals obovate-elliptic, 6—7 x 3.5—4 mm, outer pair smaller,

membranous, pale, deciduous, pubescent, hairs shorter inside; petals spathulate, -

clawed with inflexed auricles above claw, 12—14 x 4.5 mm, glabrous except finely

puberulent claw; disc rusty hairy; stamens 5, filaments filiform, 1.3 cm long, condup-

licate in bud, anthers 3 mm long; ovaries stipitate, elliptic, densely rusty hairy, style 1

cm long, twisted at apex, pubescent towards base. Capsules stipitate, orange-red or

orange-yellow with pink flush, broadly obcordate, deeply 2-lobed especially at apex,

1.5—2.3 x 2.8—5 cm, lobes subglobose, inflated, compressed and carinate at sutures;

valves thick crustaceous, transversely nerved, puberulent outside, glabrous inside;

seed usually solitary in each cell, shiny, black, exarillate; stipes 4—6 mm long, rusty

tomentose.

India, Malaysia, Solomon Islands, Phillipines, Indonesia, New Guinea and

northern Queensland. In rainforests usually in hilly country.

New Guinea. NEW BRITAIN: E of Airagilpua, Talasea, Nov 1965, Frodins.n. (NGF 26274.). GULF DIs-

TRICT: SW margin of junction of Kapua & Tauri rivers, Mar 1966, Schodde & Craven 4641: MoROBE DISs-

TRICT: Bulolo, Sep 1962, Havels.n. (NGF 15424.). Queensland. Cook District: V.C.L. Noah on Cape Tri-

-bulation Rd., near Noah head (16°10’S 145°10’E), Apr 1972, Hyland 5968.

Only once collected from Queensland, the specimen being-in fruit. This is a new

record of the species for Australia.

Imperfectly known species

1, Harpullia holoptera Radik., Fedde Repert. 20:40 (1924). Type: Mulgrave River,

Diels (not seen). It is probably the same as H. frutescens and retained as such

under H. frutescens until type material becomes available.

2. Harpullia divaricata Radlk., Sitzungsber. bayer. Akad. 20:279 (1890) Type: ?

Bloomfield River, E. Bauer (not seen). No specimens in herbarium under this

name, probably the same as H. arborea (Blanco) Radlk. as far as description

gOES.

420

Austrobaileya | (4): 420-428 (1981)

A REVISION OF ATYLOSIA (LEGUMINOSAE) IN

AUSTRALIA

Sally T. Reynolds and L. Pedley,

Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane

Summary

Ten species (9 endemic) of Aglosia occur in Australia. Virtually all species are confined to the tropics.

They are described and a key to their identification is given. A. /atisepala is a new species based on A. grand-

ifolia Benth. var. calycina Benth. A. acutifolia and A, pubescens are new combinations based on Rhynchosia

acutifolia F. Muell. ex Benth. and Tephrosia pubescens Ewart & Morrison respectively. A. mareebensis, A.

reticulata subsp. maritima, A. scarabaeoides var. pedunculata and A, pubescens var. moilis are described as new.

A, grandifolia Benth. is conspecific with A. reticulata (Dryander) Benth. and Riynchosia quadricallosa Domin

with A. acutifolia. Lectotypes have been chosen for A. acutifolia and A. cinerea. ;

Ten species of Aty/osia occur in Australia, nine of them endemic. They are vir-

tually confined to the tropics with their greatest development in north-eastern

Queensland and the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Further studies are

needed to define more exactly the geographic ranges and range of variation of some

species, particularly A. reticulata, A. latisepala and A. pubescens.

Generic limits within the Cajanineae are not well defined (Pedley 1981) but if

Rhynchosia acutifolia is transferred to Atylosia then the Australian species of Atylosia

become a reasonably coherent group. Morphologically and genetically (Kumar ef a/.

1958) Atylosia and Cajanus are closely related and may not be distinct. C. cajan

however is known only in cultivation and exhibits an extremely wide range of varia-

tion and is probably best maintained in a genus apart from Afplosia. The position of C.

kerstingii Harms, a native of West Africa, which has a well defined rim aril (Lackey

1977) will have to be reconsidered.

Stems usually erect, or decumbent, StOUt. 2.0... ete tte e eee e en anes 4

2. Leaflets up to 3.5 x 1.7 cm- Pods not mottled with purple, valves coriaceous with prominent

transverse grooves between the seedS.......... 0... cence eens 1. A. scarabaeoides

Leaflets up to 10.5 x 6cm. Pods usually mottled with purple, valves thin; grooves between seeds

Het pHOMTNeHE FS oe cote he oe hh ad ween SENSE PEA othe ora hace ba kick UN eee acl cata eet Rend 3

3. Leaflets broadly obovate, obcordale or suborbicular. 0.00.00. 00.. 00. eee 2. A. marmoratia

Leatletsnarriwly OVate, ACULE De 44 snc ce cence ce giee ew eaves ane ede crpes wees 3, A. mareébensis

4, eibets distarety eolio big. a. Usage anton ee trad eda ealeg hs $18 Ab ad chaos eee es ou ra atank, 5

Leatleis pinnateby trigholate . .40..2645055. 5 lace e melee oie es occ egle ad aalhat saad ge dala de ald 2 eae treks 6

5. Leaflets elliptic or elliptic obovate, up to 2.5 cm wide, lateral ones never suppressed.

PochS VU Os OTIGTOS Es a sare yacelhae st td te ateacstt gel nae trash Raw dangled nd act Paw won eye Fa eaten 4. A. pluriflora

Leaflets narrowly ovate—cblong, up to 0.8 cm wide, lateral ones suppressed on Nowering shoots;

pods pubescent, short hairs intermixed with long pale ones ...........0.....--..0005 5. A. lanceolata

6. Calyx lobes broadly ovate—lanceolate with a distinct midrib, pink, conspicuous in

PPO AM OCA aL. eke. Pn, Sled yh bee eek ba ee Me eats ee mee Cay wd BEE OAS, 8. A. latisepala

Ae lobes linear (o narrowly ovale, occasionally with a rib, but neither pink nor conspicuous in

TE ae oat A NaN ik PT. ce eb Ee I EU el ei be 7

7. Leaflets not rugose, ventation fine. Pod 2 or 3—seeded.......0000.00 00000 ee eee 6. A. acutifolia

Leaflets at least slightly rugose, venation usually coarse and conspicuous on lower surface. Pod

sem Ebr SGC GE Seen ats ynity + atienden Hey erik Botts g 4 44 we Re OR NRG oe ae wre dept bed aae PE PS 8

8. Pod with short velvety indumentum, calyx ribbed, with & appressed hairs.............-. 7. A. cinerea

Pod with long hairs, with or without short velvety Indumentuny calyx not ribbed, with spreading

PEER a 2S 5a bt sal rng ohate # Fp datge Dekh asst sth Ok ML ee ateegal peep Mise ig te ee Ee PM coco a cst rtete weet 9

2 eablete witout SMC SNE. SA ieee rete ee Pe peers: dody op dade stein ova 9. A. reticulata

Leaflets usually with silvery sheen..................0. Bie Sone Gia te tg ig 2st il, bin ls 10. A. pubescens

421

1. Atylosia scarabaeoides (L.) Benth., in Mig., Pi. Jungh. 242 (1852), Based on

Dolichos scarabaeoides L., Sp. Pl. 726 (1753). Types: Ceylon, Hermann 1:34 &

2:60 (BM, syn., not seen); Burman 900.9 (LINN, syn. microfiche).

Trailing perennial, branchlets siender, softly tomentose. Leaves pinnately

trifoliolate; petioles 1—1.2 cm long; rachises 2—6 mm; leaflets narrowly elliptic,

lateral ones obliquely elliptic, 1.8—3.5 x 0.5—1.2 cm, tips obtuse or acute, bases

obtuse, surfaces pubescent, rugose, lateral nerves 3—5 pairs, oblique, basal pair very

long, obliquely arched and ascending along the margins; terminal petiolules 0.3—1

cm long, lateral ones about 2 mm. Flowers 1—paired or in a few flowered racemes,

axillary, Racemes 0.5—15 cm long; flowers 7—10 mm long; pedicels 5 mm long;

calyx lobes narrowly ovate-acuminate. Pods 1.7—2 x 0.6—0.8 cm, oblong, apex trun-

cate with a minute apical point or distinct, short tip, finely velvety tomentose with

long and short brown hairs; valves coriacious with prominent transverse grooves bet-

ween the seeds, seeds 2—5S.

Usually in open woodlands. Flowers and fruits April to August.

la. A. scarabaeoides var. scarabaeoides

A. scarabaeoides vat. queenslandica Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:227 (1926). Type: in

xerodrymio apud opp. Pentland, Feb 1910, Domin ‘‘4870”’ (PR, holo).

Flowers 1—paired or in few flowered racemes to 2.5 cm long. Pods 2 x 0.6 cm

softly tomentose with long and short brown hairs, apex with distinct short tip; seeds

3—5, oblongoid, dark brown, aril not as broad as the seed.

Usually in open and cleared woodlands on heavy soil. Flowers and fruits April to

August.

Queensland: Cook District: ‘“‘Lakeland Downs’’, ca 15°50'S 144°40'E, May 1975, Byrnes 3463

(BRD). NorTH KENNEDY DIsTRICT: Kirklea Pastoral Holding near Ingham, May 1959, Gude (BRI); Bur-

dekin River area, 20°19’S 147°17'E, Staples IBS 2115 (BRI).

1b. A. scarabaeoides var. pedunculata Reynolds & Pedley, varietas nova;

var. scarabaeoide habitu minus ramoso, foliis vulgo minus rugosis membranaceisque, racemis semper

in pedunculis 6—15 cm, fongis portatis, leguminibus brevioribus, 1.7 x 0.8 cm longis, subtiliter

velutine tomentosis sine pilis longis obsitis truncatis acuminibus minutis apicalibus, seminis 2—3, late

obovoideis, rufescentibus, arillo crassissimo seminis latitudinem aequanti praeditis differt. Typus:

McKee 9363 (BRI, holotypus).

Differs from A. scarabaeoides var. scarabaeoides in having a more open habit,

leaves usually less rugose and more membranous, racemes always on long peduncles

6—15 cm long. Pods shorter, 1.7 x 0.8 cm, truncate with minute apical points, usually

finely velvety tomentose without long hairs; seeds 2 or 3, broadly ovoid, reddish

brown with very thick aril as broad as the seeds.

North-eastern Queensland to Western Australia usually on sandy lateritic soils in

open forest. Flowers and fruits April to May.

Western Australia. Camballin, May 1970, Power 884 (PERTH); near Gariyeli Creek, Prince Regent

River, 15°32'S 125°13’E, Aug 1974, George 12608 (PERTH). Northern Territory. Gunn Pt., 12°10'S.

131°OS'E., May 1973, Dunlop 3051 (DNA, BRI, NT); Lloyd Creek, 12.7 miles NW' of Pine Creek, Mar

1961, Chippendale NT 7625 (BRI). Queensland, Cook District: Parada, Apr 1962, AfcKee 9363 (BRI).

Atylosia scarabaeoides is widespread in the tropics of the Old World. The var.

pedunculata is a distinctive variant that may be worthy of higher rank, but until the

species is studied throughout its range it is preferable to consider it as a variety only.

2. Atylosia marmorata Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:263 (1864). Types: Upper Victoria River,

Mueller; Islands of Gulf of Carpentaria, Brown, Henne; Nebo Creek & Bowen

River, Bowman; Port Denison, Fitzalan (none seen).

422

Annual or perennial with trailing stems, branchlets hirsute or tomentose. Leaves

pinnately trifoliolate; stipules cordate to 4 mm long; petioles 1.5—6.5 cm; rachises

0.6—1.4 cm; leaflets broadly obovate, obcordate or suborbicular, broader than long,

2.5—8 x 2.5—6 cm, tips obtuse, blunt or retuse, bases obtuse, surfaces pubescent or

puberulent; terminal petiolules 0.6—1.5 cm, lateral ones 1—2 mm long; stipellae

linear to 2 mm; Inflorescence racemose, |—4 per axil, 4—7 (—50) cm long, pedun-

cles slender, sometimes branched, bearing | or 2 flowers at long intervals. Flowers

about 1.2 cm long; pedicels 3—7 mm long. Calyces 0.5—1.2 x 0.6 mm, lobes ovate

acuminate, 4—6 mm long, pubescent. Petals 1.2 cm long. Pods oblong 1.5—4 x 0.8—

1.4 cm, valves usually mottled with purple, puberulent, thin with fine transverse

reticulations, grooves between the seeds faint; apiculate tips 2—8 mm long; seeds 2—

5, broadly obovoid or oblongoid, reddish brown, aril thick and fleshy.

Widely Spread in northern Australia, usually tn cleared areas and open forests on

sandy soil. Flowers and fruits February to November.

Western Australia. Geikie Gorge, Fitzroy River, Aug 1965, Beauglehole ACB 11187 (PERTH), near

junction of Hann and Fitzroy R., Jun 1905, Fitzgerald (PERTH); Razorback, near Carlton Beach, Ord. R.,

Apr 1958, Burbidge 5748 (PERTH). Northern Territory. 15 miles S of Inningurra Ra., Aug 1971,

Maconochie 943 (NT, PERTH), 16 miles SE of Pine Creek, Mar 1961, Chippendale NT 7573 (BRI,

PERTH), Groote Eylandt, Apr 1948, Specht 258 (BRI); Settlement Creek, Feb 1923, Brass 266 (BRI).

Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: Adels Grove, Apr 1950, de Lestang 460 (BRI). Cook District: Newcastle

Range, Apr 1906, Blackman (BRI); 50 miles SW of Cooktown, 15°50’S 144°50'E, Jun 1969, Wright (BRI);

Southedge, 17°O1’S 145°23’E, Jun 1975, Staples IBS 2011 (BRI). NoRTH KENNEDY District: 40—50 miles S

of Mt Garnet, Nov 1941, Blake 14429; (BRI, K); Burdekin River area, 20°19’S 147°17’E, Apr 1975, Staples

IBS 2110 (BRI). SourH KENNEDY DisTRICT: ‘‘Yarrowmere”’ Stn, 21°30'S 145°50'E, Oct 1968, Compton, &

Apr 1969, Walker (BRI).

3. Atylosia mareebensis Reynolds & Pedley, species nova affinis A. marmoratae

Benth. foliolatis angustioribus differt. Typus: Pedley 2249 (BRI, holotypus,

CANB, K, isotypi distribuendi).

Repens planta annua vel perennis emoriens quoque annum; ramulosi costati villosi pilis patentibus

usque | mm longis; stipulae 4 mm longae cordatae caducae. Folia dissita pinnate trifoliolata; petiolus

ramulorum similis 2.5—12 cm longus; stipellae lineares circa 2 mm longae; petioluli villosi circa 2 mm

longi; rhachis 8—14 mm longa; laminae anguste ovatae, aculae, 9—1] x 1.2—2.2 cm, reticulate venosae in

pagina infera, supra sparsim pubescentes vel + glabrae_et-infra—villosae-in--venis-et-glandulis-sessilibus—————

translucentibus flavidus praeditae. Flores in sparses racemis usque 25 cm longis in axillis extremitatem

ramulorum versus dispositi; pedicelli 1.5—5 mm longi a bracteis 2 mm longis subtenti. Calyx pubescens

circa 1 cm longus corolla Jeviter brevior, lobis linearilanceolatis tubo 2plo longioribus. Legumina eorum A,

marmoratae similis.

Trailing annual or perennial dying back each year; branchlets ribbed, villous with

spreading hairs up to 1 mm long; stipules 4 mm long, cordate, deciduous. Leaves

scattered, pinnately trifoliolate; petiole similar to-branchlets 2.5—12 cm long;

stipellae linear, ca 2 mm long; petiolules villous ca 2 mm long; rachis 8— 14 mm long;

laminae narrowly ovate, acute, 9-11 x 1.2—2.2 cm, prominently reticulately veined

on lower surface, pubescent or + glabrous on upper surface, villous on veins and

with sessile translucent pale yellow glands beneath. Flowers in open racemes to 25 cm

long in axils towards the ends of the branchlets; pedicels 1.5—5 mm long, subtended

by bracts 2 mm long. Calyx pubescent ca 1 cm long, slightly shorter than the corolla,

lobes linear lanceolate twice as long as the tube. Pods similar to those of A. mar-

morata.

Queensland. Cook District: Gorge Creek, 8 miles [13 km] W of Mareeba, Apr 1967, Pedley 2249

(BRI, CANB, K); Mareeba, Jan 1962, Downes 6202.1 (BRI.

Atylosia mareebensis is known only from two collections. It has been collected

more recently in the type locality but neither flowers nor fruits were obtained. In

habit, indumentum, texture of the leaves, and in the pods it is remarkably similar to

the widespread A. marmorata but it differs in having narrowly ovate leaves.

423

4, Atylosia pluriflora F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:264 (1864). Types: Burdekin

Expedition, Fitzalan (MEL): near Princhester Bowman (MEL); Thozet’s

River, Dallachy (MEL); Rockhampton, [Thozet] (MEL).

Low erect or procumbent shrubs 0.5—0.7 m high, all parts softly villous tomen-

tose with white hairs; young leaves rusty tomentose on the nerves. Leaves digitately

trifoliolate; petioles 1—2.5 cm long; leaflets elliptic to elliptic-obovate or obovate,

1.5—6.5 x 0.5—2.5 cm, tips obtuse, rarely acute, mucronate or emarginate, bases

cuneate, glaucous above, pale below, drying dark grey, very rugose, soft, lateral

nerves 5—7 pairs, oblique, ascending, arched at tips, impressed above; reticulate

venation compact, raised below, bullate between reticulation and very hairy on the

nerves; petiolules 1—2 mm long; stipellae absent. Inflorescences axillary, peduncles

2—8 cm long bearing a subumbellate raceme of about 7 flowers. Flowers 1.7 cm long;

pedicels 0.5— 1 cm long. Calyces 0.7—1.3 x 0.4. cm, lobes narrowly ovate, acuminate,

flexuose, 0.5—0.6 cm long, rusty tomentose; petals 1.2—1.6 cm long. Pods 2—2.5 x

0.9 cm; villous tomentose; valves coriaceous with transverse grooves; seeds 3 or 4,

oblongoid, reddish brown with pale specks, aril not as broad as the seed.

Eastern tropical Queensland. Common on hillsides among granite boulders in

eucalypt forests. Flowers and fruits March to November.

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: head of Emu Creek, S. of Irvinebank, Mar 1962, Whitehouse. NORTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: Herberton, Jan 1912, Kenny, Mar 1917, Ringrose, & Feb 1918, Michael 386;

Ravenswood, Mar 1943, Blake 14875, Mt Stuart, May 1965, Macfarlane; Edwards |1., May 1969, Heatwole;

Hayman I., June 1934, White 10118. PorT Curtis District: Canoona, Sep 1943, Blake 15320, & Aug 1964,

Gittins 879, LEICHHARDT DisTRICT: 20 miles SW of Rolleston, Mar 1959, Tyson.

Specimens from the Port Curtis District have somewhat smaller leaves than

those from farther north.

5. Atylosia lanceolata W.V. Fitzg., Proc. Roy. Soc. West. Aust. 3:156 (1916). Type:

Mt Broome, Fitzgerald (PERTH, holo).

Erect shrubs up to 3 m high, branchlets slender, pale yellowish or white silky

tomentose with appressed hairs. Leaves unifoliolate or digitately trifoliolate, lateral

leaflets absent on flowering shoots; petioles 0.5—2 cm long, leaflets narrowly oblong

ovate or linear lanceolate 8.5—10 x 0.8 cm, tips obtuse usually with a short mucro,

bases acute; densely tomentose, soft and rugose above; nerves prominent below,

basal pair of lateral nerves arched and ascending uniting with others to form an

intramarginal vein; petiolules 2—3 mm long. Inflorescences axillary, racemose, 0.5—

1 cm long, usually 2—5 flowered, uppermost inflorescences occasionally forming a

short terminal panicle through suppression of leaves. Flowers 8—10 mm long;

pedicels 4 mm long. Calyces 6 x 3 mm, lobes lanceolate, acuminate, longer than tube,

with appressed silky yellow tomentum. Petals 8—10 mm iong, wings and keels

shorter than standard. Pods oblong, 1.8—3.5 x 0.8 cm, tomentose, short hairs inter-

mixed with pale long hairs; valves coriaceous with transverse depressions between —

the seeds; seeds 3—S.

Limited to the Kimberley region of Western Australia, usually on rocky red

loam and sandstone, on slopes. Flowers and fruits May to July.

Western Australia. Lawley River, Jul 1921, Gardner 1465 (PERTH), Bushfire Hill, Prince Regent

River, Aug 1974, George 12291 (K, PERTH); 9 miles W. of Mt House, Jul 1959, Lazarides 6447 (PERTH);

Camballin, May 1970, Power 930 (PERTH).

6. Atylosia acutifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) Reynolds & Pedley, comb. nov. Based on

Rhynchosia acutifolia F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:266 (1864). Type: Upper

Victoria River, Feb 1856, Mueller (MEL 61477; lectotypus emote

Rhynchosia quadricallosa Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:228 (1926). Type: Savannen-

walder bei Pentland, Mar 1910, Domin (PR, not seen: BRI, photo).

424

Erect shrubs to 2 m; branchlets with appressed tomentum. Leaves pinnately

trifoliolate; petioles 0.6—4 cm, rachises 0.7—1.5 cm long; leaflets ovate-elliptic

acuminate or elliptic, 3.5—5 x 0.8—2.5 cm, tips acuminate, acute, rarely obtuse,

bases acute or obtuse and rounded, suboblique on lateral leaflets, tomentose to

subglabrous and copiously resin-dotted on both surfaces, semicoriaceous, dis-

colorous, darker green and often with silvery sheen above, not rugose; nerves very

fine, lateral ones 4—7 pairs, obliquely arched, reticulate venation lax, very fine; ter-

minal petiolules 0.8—1 cm long, lateral ones 2—4 mm. Inflorescences axillary, 1—3

in each axil, 2—9.5 cm long; peduncles 1.5—7 cm long, slender, bearing a subumbel-

late raceme of 5—10 flowers towards their tips. Flowers yellow, about 1.2 cm long;

pedicels 6 mm long. Calyces subcampanulate, 6—7 x 3 mm, resin-dotted and tomen-

tose outside, tube 3 mm long, lobes ovate, usually acuminate, 3—4 mm long. Petals

to 1 cm long, standard red-streaked. Pods 2—2.5 x 0.8 cm, apiculate at the oblique

apex, narrow at base, valves coriaceous with oblique or straight grooves, tomentose

a short hairs; usually 2 or 3 seeded (rarely 4), seeds oblongoid, aril not as broad as

seed.

Ranges from the southern part of the Kimberley region and northern part of the

Northern Territory to about 22°S. latitude in Queensland, on rocky outcrops and

gullies or on sand. Flowers and fruits February to October.

Western Australia. Camballin, May 1970, Power 869 (PERTH). Northern Territory. Daly River,

township area, Robinson C.S.R. 1 (NT); Coomalie Creek, 13°02'S 131°07'E, Mar 1974, *Parker 363 (BRI,

NT); 11 miles S of Katherine, Feb 1961, * McKee 8488 (BRI); Groote Eylandt, Jul 1972, Dunlop 2645 (BRI,

NT); Sir Edward Pellew group, 15°43’S 136°49'E, Feb 1976, Craven 3815 (BRI); McArthur River area,

16°40’S 135°51'E, May 1976, Craven 3979 (BRI); 30 miles S of ‘“McArthur River” Stn, Jul 1948, Perry

1722 (BRI). Queensland: BURKE District: Mt Isa, Mar 1949, McFarlane (BRD, May 1952, Morris (BRD,

& Oct 1974, Specht & Rogers 74 (BRI); Adels Grove, Jun 1947, de Lestang 374 (BRI) & Feb 1948, de

Lestang 400 (BRI). GREGORY NORTH DISTRICT; Duchess, Feb 1931, Hubbard7374 (BRI, K). Cook DIsrRICT:

53 miles W of Georgetown, Jul 1960, Trapneif 220 (BRI); Laura River area, May 1975, *Byrnes 3296,

Rocky Tate River crossing, Etheridge Railway, Feb 1922, White 1354 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Red Falls area ca 40 km WNW of Charters Towers, Jul 1974, Jackes (BRI).

Specimens with an asterisk in those cited above differ from the rest in being less

pubescent (and therefore appearing greener) and having pods with | or 2 seeds with

oblique transverse grooves between them. They represent a variant found on

sandstone in both the Northern Territory and the southern part of Cape York Penin-

sular which may be an incipient subspecies.

The sheet MEL 61477 is chosen as the lectotype because other sheets

MEL 61476 and MEL 61478 which bear the same collecting data do not match the

description of Rhynchosia acutifolia. They are probably RAynchosia sensu stricto.

Another syntype of R. acutifolia (Nichol Bay, Gregory) is Atvylosia pubescens. The

Gilbert River specimen is too fragmentary to be considered as a type and we did not

see the Cunningham specimen cited by Bentham.

Bentham noted in the protologue to Rhynchosia acutifolia that a pod with the

specimen from Gilbert River had 3 ovules but that all ovaries he examined had only 2

ovules. In fact pods occasionally have four seeds and R. acutifolia is better placed with

species of Atylosia than referred to Rhynchosia.

7, Atylosia cinerea F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:264 (1864). Type: Upper Victoria

River, Mueller (MEL 47634, lectotypus novus).

Sparse, grey, densely hairy shrubs to about 2 m high, erect or straggly; branchlets

softly white tomentose with silvery short close floccose hairs. Leaves pinnately

trifoliolate; petioles 1.2—3 cm; rachises 3—8 mm long; leaflets elliptic ovate 2—6.5 x

1.2—3.5 cm, tips obtuse, acute or rarely retuse, bases obtuse, discolorous, rugose,

both surfaces softly velvety tomentose, with prominent resin glands; lateral nerves

5—7 pairs, oblique, subparallel, prominent and hairy above, reticulate venation not

raised below; terminal petiolules 0.3—1.2 cm, lateral ones 0.3—0.5 cm. Inflores-

425

cences axillary, solitary, 1—S cm long, racemose, usually 4—10 flowered, peduncles

1.7—4 cm long, slender. Flowers yellow, to 2 cm long; pedicels stout, 0.5—0.7 cm

long. Calyces campanulate, 1 cm long, velvety, lobes subequal, short, to 5 x 2 mm,

ovate, obtuse or acute, usually ribbed. Petals to 2 cm long, standard yellow with

brownish streaks. Pods 2.5—3 x | cm, velvety tomentose with short hairs, seeds 4—

6, broadly oblong, reddish brown with dark specks, aril not as broad as the seed.

Ranging from about 118°E to 134°E longitude but most frequently collected in

the basins of the Fitzroy and Victoria Rivers. It often occurs on limestone soils and

outcrops in eucalypt woodland. Flowers and fruit April to August.

Western Australia. Near ‘‘Woodstock” Stn, in-1952, Suijendorp 18 (PERTH); Grant Range, May

1965, Beard 4225 (PERTH); Geikie Gorge, Fitzroy River, Aug 1965, Beauglehole ACB 11178 (PERTH), &

May 1974, Beard 6953 (PERTH). 9.5 km SE of ‘ ‘Elquistro”” HLS. N.E. Kimberleys, Mar 1978, Lazarides

8725 (BRI, CANB). Northern Territory. 107 km from Tanami (19°20°S 129°E), Aug 1971, Gittins 2289

(BRI), 5} miles N of Tennant Creek, Apr 1948, Perry 643 (BRD.

A lectotype has been chosen so as to exclude the other syntype (Nichol Bay, Gre-

gory). This is the same as one of the syntypes of R/Aynchosia acutifolia from the same

locality and both specimens are referred to A. pubescens.

8. Atylosia latisepala Reynolds & Pedley, nom. et stat. nov. Based on A. grandifolia

F. Muell. ex Benth. var. calycina Benth., Fl. Aust. 2: 264 (1864). Type: Vic-

toria River, Mueller (MEL, iso).

Spreading, grey, densely hairy shrubs to | m high, branchlets villous tomentose.

Leaves pinnately trifoliolate, petioles 1—4 cm; rachises 4—8 mm long; leaflets ellip-

tic-ovate or elliptic, 1.5—6.5 x 0.8—3 cm, tips obtuse, bases rounded, subcordate or

obtuse, rugose especially above, tomentose on both surfaces, lower surfaces strongly

reticulate with white, raised, compact reticulations, bullate between nerves,

impressed above, lateral nerves 4—5S pairs, oblique; terminal petiolules 0.5—1.5 cm,

lateral ones about:-3 mm long. Subumbellate racemes axillary, solitary, 3.5—7 cm

long, usually 4—8 flowered, peduncles 0.5—2 cm, long. Flowers yellow, about 1.5 x

0.5 cm; pedicels 0.6— 1,2 cm, slender. Calyces 1.4 x 0.5 cm, softly villous tomentose,

lobes oblong-ovate-acuminate with a midrib, concave, pink, longer ones up to 0.3 cm

wide. Petals about 1.2 cm long, standard with red streaks, broadly obcordate. Pods

about 1.7 x 0.8 cm, densely villous with pale hairs, seeds usually. 2(—4), obovoid,

reddish brown with pale streaks, aril narrower than seed. Fruiting calyx lobes showy,

pink, persistent.

Common on sandy rocky soil on upper slopes of sandstone ranges and hills in

open grassland, Flowers and fruits April to October.

Northern Territory. Keep River area (15°46’S 129°02'E), Sep 1975, Henshall 1100 (BRI); Jasper

Gorge, Victoria River (16°02’S 130°41’E), Oct 1958, Chippendale NT 5035, & Sep 1974, Parker 459 (DNA):

‘“Kildurk” Stn, May 1969, Byrnes 1566 (DNA). Western Australia. “Ivanhoe” Sin, N.E. Kimberleys,

Lanefield 382 (PERTH): 16 km S$ of Kununurra, Aug 1968, Blockley 886 (PERTH); Deception Range, E.

Kimberleys, May 1971, Byrnes 2214 (DNA, PERTH): Middle Springs, Deception Range, Apr 1956, Bur-

bidge 5161 (PERTH), Milligans Lagoon, E. Kimberley, Jun 1937, Stokes 21 (PERTH), 11 km E of

“Dunham |? Denham River”, Stn, Jul 1949, Perry 2525 (BRI, PERTH). Brook Creek, Ord River, May

1944, Gardner 7213 (PERTH), Button’s Gap, Lower Ord River, Jun 1944, Gardner 7420 (PERTH), near

Alligator Springs, 110 km E of “Carlton’’ Stn, Jul 1949, Perry 2617 (BRI, PERTH).

Atylosia latisepala is a distinctive plant, particularly when in fruit, but it is closely

related to both A. reticulata and A. pubescens. Intermediates between it and A.

reticulata do occur where their ranges adjoin but despite this specific rank seems to be

justified. ,

9. Atylosia reticulata (Dryander) Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:263 (1864). Based on Dolichos

reticulatus Dryander in Aiton, Hort. Kew. ed. 1. 3:33 (1789). Type: Endeavour

River, Jun-Aug 1770, Banks & Solander (BM, holo),

426

Atylosia grandifolia Benth., Fl. Aust. 2:264 (1864). Types: Port Denison, Dallachy

(MEL, iso), Burdekin Expedition, Fitzalan (MEL, iso).

Shrubs usually erect or scandent to 2 m high, sometimes spreading to 0.7 m

wide; branchlets rusty tomentose or hoary tomentose. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate;

petioles 1.5—6 cm long; rachises 0.5—3 cm; leaflets elliptic ovate, broadly ovate,

rhomboidal or subobtuse, 2.5—11.5 x 2.5—7 cm, tips acute, obtuse or rounded,

bases obtuse or subcordate, semicoriaceous, subrugose, puberulent, pubescent or

white tomentose. Inflorescences 1—5 per axil, racemose. Flowers yellow, 0.5—1.4

cm long; pedicels at first short, 0.5—1.2 cm long, slender. Calyces 1.6—2 cm long,

densely villous, lobes linear, subulate, flexuose, the upper ones about 3 times as long

as the tube, laterals shorter. Petals ca 1.4 cm long. Pods 2—3 x 0.6—1Icm, tomen-

tose, valves coriaceous, grooves oblique to transverse; seeds 2—5, obovoid or

oblonged, aril narrower than the seed.

The most widely spread and most variable of the Australian species of Atylosia,

ranging from the Cambridge Gulf area of Western Australia to the Burnett District of

Queensland. Two subspecies are recognised, one restricted to the north-western Gulf

of Carpentaria. Variation within one of these is considerable but formal recognition of

other variants is not warranted.

9a. A. reticulata subsp. reticulata

Stems erect or scandent, branchlets rusty tomentose. Petioles 2.2—6 cm;

rachises 0.6—3 cm; leaflets 4.5—11.5 x 2.5—7 cm, elliptic ovate, broadly ovate or

rhomboidal with acute or obtuse tips, pubescent or puberulent, semi-coriaceous,

subrugose, lateral nerves 4—7 pairs, reticulate venation lax, fine, slightly impressed

above. Inflorescences 1—5 per axil, 2.5—12.5 cm long, peduncles 1—7 cm long bear-

ing a subumbellate raceme of 6 or 7 flowers, upper peduncles short, forming an

irregular terminal panicle. Flowers yellow, 1.5—1.8 cm long, pedicels 0.5—1.2 cm

long, slender. Calyx lobes linear, subulate, flexuouse, rusty villous tomentose. Pods

2.5 x 0.8 cm, 2—5—seeded, valves coriaceous, rusty villous tomentose.

Wide ranging in low eucalypt communities and grassland, sometimes on

limestone.

Western Australia. Deception Range, Feb 1950, Langfield 170 (PERTH). Northern Territory: Daly

River, | mile N of ‘‘Florina’’, Sep 1968, Robinson CSR 65 (NT); 57 miles S of Darwin, Jun 1969, Byrnes

1412 (NT); Katherine Gorge, Mar 1964, *Lazarides 7030 (BRI, PERTH); 57 miles E of Pine Creek, Feb

1969, *Byrnes 1392 (NT). Queensland. BURKE DisTRICT Settlement Creek 30 miles from Coast, June

1958, Perry 119 (BRI). Cook District: Dinner Creek on Silver Plains-Coen Road, Nov 1956, Webb 3200

(BRD; Mossman River, Feb 1932, * Brass 2151 (BRI); Parada, Feb 1958, Keefer 43 (BRI); Watsonville, Feb

1962, Hyland AFO 2808 (BRI). NortH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Near Cardwell, 18°13’S 145°56’E, Jan 1976,

Thorsbourne & Thorsbourne 138 (BRD; Mt Saunders near Yabula, Aug 1942, Smith T109; Proserpine, Mar

1935, Macpherson 757 (BRI). LEICHHARDT DIsRIcT: Expedition range, Aug 1960, Gittins 362 (BRI). PorT

Curtis DIsTRIcT: 7.3 miles E of Marlborough, Aug 1963, Speck 1756 (BRI). WibE Bay DisrRIcT: Biggenden,

Oct 1930, White 7295 (BRI).

A lax-flowered variant is included in this taxon. It has graceful inflorescences

and thin acute leaves which are not rugose. All specimens seen are marked with an

asterisk above.

9b. A. reticulata subsp. maritima Reynolds & Pedley, subsp. nov.

Caules prostrati incanotomentosi pilis albis. Folioli 2.5—4.2 x 2.5—3.7 cm rhomboidei vel subor-

biculares apicibus rotundatibus vel obtusis dense albotomentosi molles, leviter rugosi 3 paribus nervosum

lateralium praediti. Racemi apicibus ramulosum longorum usque 2.5 cm longi pendunculis tenuibus. Flores

viride flave ca 1.5 cm longi; pedicelli 0.8 cm longi, calyces lobi flexuosi subulati albotomentosi. Legumina ca

3 x 1 cm, 3—4 seminibus valvis coriaceis albotomentosis. Typus: Specht 714 (BRI, holotypus).

Stems prostrate, spreading, hoary tomentose with white villous hairs. Petioles

1.5—4 cm; rachises 0.5—1 cm; leaflets 2.5—4.2 x 2.5—3.7 cm, rhomboidal or subor-

bicular with rounded or obtuse tips, densely white tomentose, soft, slighty rugose,

427

lateral nerves 3 pairs, lowermost pair oblique with arched side nerves, reticulate vena-

tion impressed above, slightly raised below. Racemes solitary at the tips of long lateral

branchlets, 4.5—16.5 cm long, peduncles slender 1 —10 cm. Flowers bright yellow, ca

1.4 cm long; pedicels 0.8 cm long; calyx lobes fiexuose, subulate, white tomentose.

Pods.ca 3.x 1 cm, 3 or 4—seeded, valves coriaceous, white tomentose.

Groote Eylandt and adjacent coasts of Arnhem Land, common on coastal dunes,

forming sprawling clumps. Flowers and fruits April to July.

Northern Territory. Port Bradshaw, Jul 1948, Specht 714 (BRI), Bickerton I., Jun 1948, Specht 503

(BRI); Groote Eylandt, Apr’ 1948, Specht 258 (PERTH) & 277 (BRI, PERTH).

__ There are several specimens from the Northern Territory and Western Australia

with the general appearance of A. reticulata and broadish sepals approaching those of

A, latisepala. They were collected where the ranges of the two species adjoin and may

indicate some gene exchange between them.

Western Australia. King Leopold Ranges, 8.5. miles SE of ‘“‘Bedford Downs” Stn, Jul 1960,

Lazarides 6378 (CANB), about 1 mile N of mouth of Revolver Creek, base of the southern Carr Boyd

Range, 16°14’S 128°34’E, Mar 1978, Hartley 14540 (CANB, NT). Northern Territory. 101 miles SE of

“Carlton” Stn, Jul 1957, Perry 3008 (BRI, PERTH)

10. Atylosia pubescens (Ewart & Morrison) Reynolds & Pedley, comb. nov. Based

on Tephrosia pubescens Ewart & Morrison, Proc. Roy..Soc. Victoria 26 n.s.:163

(1913); Ewart & Davies, Flota North. Terr.:147 (1917). Type: Top Spring,

Aug 1911, G.F. Hill 535 (MEL).

Erect grey shrubs to 2 m, branchlets softly tomentose with thick appressed hairs

or with long spreading hairs. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate;. petioles 1—6.5 cm;

rachises 2—-6 mm long; leaflets obovate-elliptic to elliptic, 2—5 x 1.2—3.5(—4) cm,

tips obtuse, rounded or mucronate, bases obtuse, discolorous, rugose, tomentose,

hairs sometimes long, upper surfaces with a silvery sheen; lateral nerves 5—7 pairs,

deeply impressed above, reticulate venation, compact, prominent and raised below,

bullate between nerves; terminal petiolules 0.5—1.5 cm, lateral ones 0.2—0.5 cm.

Inflorescences axillary, solitary, racemose rarely paniculate, 3—19 cm long; pedun-

cles 2.5—9 cm long, rarely branched, stout, rusty tomentose, usually exceeding the

leaves and bearing a compact subumbellate raceme of 6—10 flowers towards their

tips. Flowers yellow 1.5—2 cm long; pedicels 1—1.5 cm long, stout. Calyces cam-

panulate, 1—1.5 x 0.5 cm, rusty villous, resin-dotted, lobes ovate or narrowly ovate,

acuminate, 0.5—0.8 cm, tube 0.3—0.5 cm. Petals 1—1.8 cm long, standard with dark

reddish veins. Pods 2.5—3.5 x 0.8—1 cm softly tomentose with long and short hairs,

valves coriaceous with usually oblique, transverse grooves between the seeds; seeds

3—5, broadly obovoid, reddish brown with dark specks; aril not as broad as the seed.

A variable species which ranges from Nichol Bay to Cloncurry with one speci-

men from Ajana some 700 km south of the nearest collection locality, the Hamersiey

Range. One variant known from only two collections, is described as a new variety.

10a. A. pubescens var. pubescens

Indumentum of stems appressed and of leaves rather short.

Western Australia. Ajana, Sep 1958, D.H. Perrys.n. (PERTH); Wittenoom Gorge, May 1952, Birk-

ways.n. (PERTH), Sep 1957, Stewarts.n. (PERTH) & Jul 1958, McMillans.n. (PERTH); Dolphin 1., Dam-

pier Arch., Jun 1962, Royce 7164 & 7224 (PERTH); between Liveringa & Mt Anderson, Feb 1953, Broad-

bent 681 (PERTH); Lennard River, 10 miles above junction with Barker River, May 1905, Fitzgerald 580

(PERTH); Fitzroy Crossing, May 1927, Ewart s.n. (PERTH); 8 miles SE of Halls Creek, May 1944,

Gardner 7163 (PERTH); King River Gorge, + 15 km SW of “Bedford Downs’, Jun 1976, Beaugiehole

53652 (NT); Bindoola Creek, El Questo-Gibb River road, + 55 km SW of Wyndham, May 1976, Beaug-

lehole $1373 (NT); Ord River Gorge, Jun 1944, Gardner 7336 (PERTH). Northern Territory. 53 km SW of

“Victoria River” H.S., 16°38’S 130°42’E Jun 1974, Lat 5307 (DNA); Cox River, 16°01'S, 134°46’E, Jul

1977, Henshall 1683 (BRI, CANB); McArthur River area, 16°32'S, 136°, Jun 1976, Craven 4084 (BRI,

CAN); 30 miles S of McArthur River, Jul 1948, Perry 1690 (BRI); Settlement Creek, Jan 1948, Perry 1197

428

(BRI). Queensland. BURKE DistRICT. ‘*Riversleigh”’, Jun 1963, Gittins 802 (BRD & Jun 1966, Peddler 2063

(BRI); Corella Dam near Cloncurry, Aug 1959, Si/lars.n. (BRI); Fountains Springs area, 25 km S of Mary

Kathleen, 20°58’S 139°56'E, Farreif TF 873 (BRD.

10b. A. pubescens var. mollis Reynolds & Pedley, var. nova

differt ab A. pubescente vat. pubescente indumento caulium et petiolorum longo effuso et foliorum

longiore molle. Legumen ignotum. Typus: Cole et al. 9098 (BRI, holotypus):

Differs from var. pubescens in the indumentum of the stems and petioles being

long and spreading, and of the leaves soft and longer. The pods are unknown. Type:

Cole et al 9098 (BRI, holo).

Collected only in the Cloncurry area in mineralised areas. Flowering in April and

July.

Queensland. BURKE District: 2 miles S of ‘‘Wee McGregor’ mine [near Ballara approx. 21°S

140°E] growing over schistose rocks, Jul 1974, Cole et al. 9098 (BRI); 13 miles on road to Ballara, Apr

1974, Cole et al 9013 (BRI).

Though A. pubescens var. mollis is a distinctive plant it has been collected only

twice. Until more material, including fruits, is seen we prefer to take a rather broad

view of A. pubescens and place it there.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank Mr. J.R. Maconochie (NT) for drawing our attention to

Rhynchosia quadricallosa and for supplying a photograph of the type specimen, and to

Dr. P. van der Maesen, ICRISAT, Hyderabad, India for sending us a copy of

Lackey’s paper and for stimulating discussion concerning the relationship between

Cajanus and A tylosia, The views expressed here, however, are our own,

References

K UMAR L.S.S., M.V. THOMBRE & R.D. Cruz (1958). Cytological Studies of an intergeneric hybrid of

Cajanus cajan (Linn.) Millsp. and Atvlosia lineata W. and A. Indian Acad. Sci., Sect. B, 47:252-262.

Lackey, J.A. (1977). A. synopsis of Phaseoleae. lowa State University, Ph.D. dissert.

PEDLEY, L. (1981). Notes on Leguminosae Il. Austrobaileva 1: 376-379.